TITLE 9. ENVIRONMENT
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5328; Filed December 28, 2017, 8:48 a.m.
TITLE 9. ENVIRONMENT
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5328; Filed December 28, 2017, 8:48 a.m.
TITLE 9. ENVIRONMENT
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5236; Filed January 3, 2018, 8:15 a.m.
TITLE 9. ENVIRONMENT
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The State Water Control Board is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 14 of the Code of Virginia, which exempts adoption, amendment, or repeal of wasteload allocations by the State Water Control Board pursuant to State Water Control Law (§ 62.1-44.2 et seq. of the Code of Virginia) if the board (i) provides public notice in the Virginia Register; (ii) if requested by the public during the initial public notice 30-day comment period, forms an advisory group composed of relevant stakeholders; (iii) receives and provides summary response to written comments; and (iv) conducts at least one public meeting.
Title of Regulation: 9VAC25-720. Water Quality Management Planning Regulation (amending 9VAC25-720-60, 9VAC25-720-80, 9VAC25-720-90, 9VAC25-720-110).
Statutory Authority: § 62.1-44.15 of the Code of Virginia; 33 USC § 1313(e).
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: William Isenberg, Department of Environmental Quality, 1111 East Main Street, Suite 1400, P.O. Box 1105, Richmond, VA 23218, telephone (804) 698-4228, or email william.isenberg@deq.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments to the state's Water Quality Management Planning Regulation (9VAC25-720) include (i) adding one new total maximum daily load (TMDL) wasteload allocation in the James River Basin, 10 new TMDL wasteload allocations in the Roanoke River Basin, and one new TMDL wasteload allocation in the Tennessee-Big Sandy River Basin; (ii) revising three TMDL wasteload allocations in the Chesapeake Bay - Small Coastal - Eastern Shore River Basin; and (iii) changing a non-TMDL wasteload allocation within the Roanoke River Basin for an expansion of the South Hill wastewater treatment plant (VPDES Permit No. VA0069337).
9VAC25-720-60. James River Basin.
A. Total maximum daily loads (TMDLs).
TMDL # | Stream Name | TMDL Title | City/County | WBID | Pollutant | WLA1 | Units |
EDITOR'S NOTE: Rows numbered 1 through 160 in this TMDL table in subsection A of 9VAC25-720-60 are not amended; therefore, the text of those rows is not set out. |
161. | Woods Creek | Bacteria TMDL Development and a Proactive Approach to Address the Benthic Impairment for Woods Creek, Rockbridge County and City of Lexington, Virginia | Rockbridge, City of Lexington | I35R | E.coli | 3.97E+11 | cfu/year |
Notes: 1The total WLA can be increased prior to modification provided that DEQ tracks these changes for bacteria TMDLs where the permit is consistent with water quality standards for bacteria. 2GS means growing season. |
EDITOR'S NOTE:Subsections B and C of 9VAC25-720-60 are not amended; therefore, the text ofthose subsections is not set out.
9VAC25-720-80. Roanoke River Basin.
A. Total maximum daily loads (TMDLs).
TMDL # | Stream Name | TMDL Title | City/County | WBID | Pollutant | WLA1 | Units |
EDITOR'S NOTE: Rows numbered 1 through 108 in this TMDL table in subsection A of 9VAC25-720-80 are not amended; therefore, the text of those rows is not set out. |
109. | Bluestone Creek | Benthic Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Development for the Kits Creek Watershed | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L77R | E. coli | 1.37E+11 | cfu/year |
110. | Little Bluestone Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L77R | E. coli | 1.49E+12 | cfu/year |
111. | Upper Allen Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 2.25E+11 | cfu.year |
112. | Layton Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 1.94E+11 | cfu/year |
113. | Lower Allen Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 1.28E+12 | cfu/year |
114. | Kettles Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 5.63E+10 | cfu/year |
115. | Cotton Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 6.59E+10 | cfu/year |
116. | Smith Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L79R | E. coli | 1.98E+11 | cfu/year |
117. | Lizard Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L81R | E. coli | 9.67E+10 | cfu/year |
118. | Unnamed tributary to Allen Creek | Bacterial TMDL Development for the Kerr Reservoir Tributaries Watersheds | Mecklenburg, Charlotte, Brunswick | L78R | E. coli | 4.84E+09 | cfu/year |
Notes: 1The total WLA can be increased prior to modification provided that DEQ tracks these changes for bacteria TMDLs where the permit is consistent with water quality standards for bacteria. 2WLAs from the Dan River TMDL report represent the WLA for the watershed, which may include North Carolina waters in addition to Virginia waters. Virginia permits will be issued in accordance with the Virginia water quality standard. |
B. Non-TMDL wasteload allocations.
Water Body | Permit No. | Facility Name | Outfall No. | Receiving Stream | River Mile | Parameter Description | WLA | Units WLA |
VAW-L04R | VA0072389 | Oak Ridge Mobile Home Park | 001 | Falling Creek UT | 0.32 | BOD5 | 0.85 | KG/D |
VAW-L04R | VA0025020 | Roanoke City Regional Water Pollution Control Plant | 001 | Roanoke River | 201.81 | BOD5 | 1173 | KG/D |
TKN, APR-SEP | 318 | KG/D |
TKN, OCT-MAR | 636 | KG/D |
| | | 001 | Roanoke River | 201.81 | BOD5 | 1173 | KG/D |
TKN, APR-SEP | 416 | KG/D |
TKN, OCT-MAR | 832 | KG/D |
| | | 001 | Roanoke River | 201.81 | BOD5 | 1173 | KG/D |
TKN, APR-SEP | 469 | KG/D |
TKN, OCT-MAR | 939 | KG/D |
VAW-L04R | VA0077895 | Roanoke Moose Lodge | 001 | Mason Creek | 7.79 | BOD5, JUN-SEP | 0.24 | KG/D |
TKN, JUN-SEP | 0.09 | KG/D |
VAW-L07R | VA0020842 | Bedford County School Board- Stewartsville Elementary School | 001 | Nat Branch, UT | 0.59 | BOD5 | 0.5 | KG/D |
VAW-L14R | VA0029254 | Ferrum Water and Sewage Auth. - Ferrum Sewage Treatment Plant | 001 | Story Creek | 9.78 | BOD5 | 14.2 | KG/D |
VAW-L14R | VA0085952 | Rocky Mount Town Sewage Treatment Plant | 001 | Pigg River | 52 | BOD5 | 133 | KG/D |
VAW-L14R | VA0076015 | Ronile Incorporated | 001 | Pigg River | 57.24 | BOD5 | 14.8 | KG/D |
VAW-L21R | VA0063738 | Bedford County School Board - Staunton River High School | 001 | Shoulder Run, UT | 0.95 | BOD5 | 1.8 | KG/D |
VAW-L21R | VA0020869 | Bedford County School Board - Thaxton Elementary School | 001 | Wolf Creek, UT | 0.35 | BOD5 | 0.31 | KG/D |
VAW-L22R | VA0023515 | Blue Ridge Regional Jail Auth. - Moneta Adult Detention Facility STP | 001 | Mattox Creek, UT | 3.76 | BOD5 | 1.66 | KG/D |
VAW-L25R | VA0020851 | Bedford County School Board - Otter River Elementary School | 001 | Big Otter River, UT | 1.15 | BOD5 | 0.4 | KG/D |
VAW-L26R | VA0022390 | Bedford City - Sewage Treatment Plant | 001 | Little Otter River | 14.36 | BOD5 | 52.8 | KG/D |
VAW-L26R | VA0020818 | Bedford County School Board - Body Camp Elementary | 001 | Wells Creek, UT | 2.22 | BOD5 | 0.4 | KG/D |
VAW-L27R | VA0020826 | Bedford County School Board - New London Academy | 001 | Buffalo Creek, UT | 0.67 | BOD5 | 0.39 | KG/D |
VAC-L29R | VA0031194 | Briarwood Village Mobile Home Park STP | 001 | Smith Branch, UT | 2.82 | BOD5 | 1.3 | KG/D |
VAC-L35R | VA0023965 | Campbell Co Util & Serv Auth. - Rustburg | 001 | Mollys Creek | 17.81 | BOD5 | 8.13 | KG/D |
VAC-L39R | VA0084433 | Drakes Branch WWTP | 001 | Twittys Creek | 6.04 | BOD5 | 6.4 | KG/D |
VAC-L39R | VA0024058 | Keysville WWTP | 001 | Ash Camp Creek | 7.63 | CBOD5, MAY-NOV | 32.1 | KG/D |
TKN, MAY-NOV | 7.57 | KG/D |
AC-L39R | VA0050822 | Westpoint Stevens Inc Drakes Branch | 001 | Twittys Creek | 7.22 | BOD5 | 6.31 | KG/D |
VAW-L43R | VA0022985 | Stuart Town - Sewage Treatment Plant | 001 | South Mayo River | 30.78 | BOD5 | 63.5 | KG/D |
VAW-L54R | VA0069345 | Henry Co Public Service Auth. - Lower Smith River STP | 001 | Smith River | 19.4 | BOD5 | 257 | KG/D |
VAW-L54R | VA0025305 | Martinsville City Sewage Treatment Plant | 001 | Smith River | 22.69 | BOD5 | 681 | KG/D |
VAC-L60R | VA0060593 | Danville City - Northside | 001 | Dan River | 53.32 | BOD5, JUN-OCT | 1907 | KG/D |
TKN, JUN-OCT | 1817 | KG/D |
VAC-L66R | VA0020524 | Town of Chatham STP | 001 | Cherrystone Creek | 2.49 | CBOD5 | 64.8 | KG/D |
TKN | 38.9 | KG/D |
VAC-L75L | VA0020168 | Clarksville WWTP | 001 | Blue Creek/John H. Kerr Reservoir | 0.1 | BOD5 | 59.5 | KG/D |
VAC-L77R | VA0076881 | Chase City Regional WWTP | 001 | Little Bluestone Creek | 13.67 | CBOD5, MAY-NOV | 29.5 | KG/D |
TKN, MAY-NOV | 9.5 | KG/D |
VAC-L78R | VA0026247 | Boydton WWTP | 001 | Coleman Creek | 3.79 | CBOD5, MAY-NOV | 17.7 | KG/D |
TKN, MAY-NOV | 4.1 | KG/D |
VAC-L79R | VA0069337 | South Hill WWTP | 001 | Flat Creek | 8.95 | CBOD5, APR-NOV | 60.6 113.5 | KG/D |
TKN, APR-NOV | 45 | KG/D |
CBOD5, DEC-MAR | 204 | KG/D |
TKN, DEC-MAR | 56.8 | KG/D |
9VAC25-720-90. Tennessee-Big Sandy River Basin.
A. Total maximum daily loads (TMDLs).
TMDL # | Stream Name | TMDL Title | City/County | WBID | Pollutant | WLA1 | Units |
EDITOR'S NOTE: Rows numbered 1 through 77 in this TMDL table in subsection A of 9VAC25-720-90 are not amended; therefore, the text of those rows is not set out. |
78. | McClure River | Bacteria TMDL for McClure River Dickenson County, Virginia | Dickenson | Q11R | E. coli | 4.56E+12 | cfu/year |
Notes: 1The total WLA can be increased prior to modification provided that DEQ tracks these changes for bacteria TMDLs where the permit is consistent with water quality standards for bacteria. |
EDITOR'S NOTE: Subsection B of9VAC25-720-90 is not amended; therefore, the text of the subsection is not setout.
9VAC25-720-110. Chesapeake Bay -- Small Coastal -- EasternShore River Basin.
A. Total maximum daily loads (TMDLs).
TMDL # | Stream Name | TMDL Title | City/County | WBID | Pollutant | WLA1 | Units |
1. | Parker Creek | Benthic Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Development for Parker Creek, Virginia | Accomack | D03E | Total phosphorus | 664.2 | LB/YR |
2. | Pettit Branch | Benthic Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Development for the Pettit Branch Watershed | Accomack | D02R | Total phosphorus | 0.01 | LB/D |
3. | Mill Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load for Dissolved Oxygen in Mill Creek, Northampton County, Virginia | Northampton | D06R | Organic carbon as TC | 0.31 | LB/D |
4. | Mill Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load for Dissolved Oxygen in Mill Creek, Northampton County, Virginia | Northampton | D06R | Nutrients as TN | 0.10 | LB/D |
5. | Folly Creek | Total Maximum Daily Loads of Pathogens for Folly Creek in Accomack County, Virginia | Accomack | D03E | Total nitrogen | 2.6 | LBS/D |
6. | Gargathy Creek | Total Maximum Daily Loads of Dissolved Oxygen and Pathogens for Gargathy Creek (Upper, Lower, and Riverine Portions) in Accomack County, Virginia | Accomack | D03E | Total nitrogen | 1.9 | LBS/D |
7. | Assawoman Creek | Bacteria Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Development for the Assawoman Creek Watershed | Accomack | D02 | Fecal coliform | 1.12E+09 | MPN/day |
8. | Back River | Total Maximum Daily Loads of Bacteria for Back River in York County and the Cities of Hampton, Poquoson, and Newport News, Virginia | Hampton, Poquoson, York | C07 | Fecal coliform | 3.87E+14 4.38E+14 | counts/year |
EDITOR'S NOTE: Rows numbered 9 through 109 in this TMDL table in subsection A of 9VAC25-720-110 are not amended; therefore, the text of those rows is not set out. |
|
110. | Back Creek | Total Maximum Daily Loads of Bacteria for Poquoson River and Back Creek in the City of Poquoson and in York County, Virginia | York | C07 | Fecal coliform | 1.41E+13 1.76E+13 | counts/year |
111. | Poquoson River | Total Maximum Daily Loads of Bacteria for Poquoson River and Back Creek in the City of Poquoson and in York County, Virginia | Poquoson, York | C07 | Fecal coliform | 1.12E+14 3.01E+14 | counts/year |
112. | Free School Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Severn River | Gloucester | C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
113. | Heywood Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Severn River | Gloucester | C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
114. | Northwest Branch Severn River | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Severn River | Gloucester | C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
115. | Thorntons Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Severn River | Gloucester | C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
116. | Vaughans Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Severn River | Gloucester | C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
117. | Greenbackville Harbor | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Chincoteague Bay | Accomack | D01 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
118. | Swan Gut Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Chincoteague Bay | Accomack | D01 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
119. | The Gulf, upper | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - The Gulf | Northampton | C14 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
120. | Pungoteague Creek (Warehouse Prong and Bull Run Creek) | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Pungoteague Creek | Accomack | C12 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
121. | Taylor Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Pungoteague Creek | Accomack | C12, C13 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
122. | Fox Mill Run | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Ware River | Gloucester | C05 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
123. | Ware River | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Ware River | Gloucester | C05 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
124. | Wilson Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Areas Listed Due to Bacterial Contamination - Ware River | Gloucester | C05, C06 | Fecal coliform | N/A2 | MPN/day |
125. | Cockrell Creek | Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Report for Shellfish Condemnation Areas Listed Due to Bacteria Contamination - Cockrell Creek | Northumberland | C01 | Fecal coliform | 1.49E+11 | cfu/day |
126. | Red Bank Creek, riverine | Bacteria TMDL Development in Red Bank Creek and Machipongo River, Virginia | Accomack, Northampton | D04R | E. coli | 1.08E+8 | cfu/yr |
127. | Red Bank Creek, estuarine | Bacteria TMDL Development in Red Bank Creek and Machipongo River, Virginia | Accomack, Northampton | D04E | Enterococci | 3.93E+6 | cfu/yr |
128. | Machipongo River, estuarine | Bacteria TMDL Development in Red Bank Creek and Machipongo River, Virginia | Accomack, Northampton | D04E | Enterococci | 9.03E+6 | cfu/yr |
129. | Red Bank Creek, shellfish | Bacteria TMDL Development in Red Bank Creek and Machipongo River, Virginia | Accomack, Northampton | D04E | Fecal coliform | 5.10E+11 | counts/yr |
130. | Machipongo River, shellfish | Bacteria TMDL Development in Red Bank Creek and Machipongo River, Virginia | Accomack, Northampton | D04E | Fecal coliform | 2.04E+12 | counts/yr |
Notes: 1The total WLA can be increased prior to modification provided that DEQ tracks these changes for bacteria TMDLs where the permit is consistent with water quality standards for bacteria. 2There were no point source dischargers in the modeled TMDL area. 3This WLA represents only the Virginia portion of the watershed. |
EDITOR'S NOTE:Subsections B and C of 9VAC25-720-110 are not amended; therefore, the text ofthose subsections is not set out.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5316; Filed December 29, 2017, 7:55 a.m.
TITLE 9. ENVIRONMENT
STATE WATER CONTROL BOARD
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The State Water Control Board is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 8 of the Code of Virginia, which exempts general permits issued by the State Water Control Board pursuant to the State Water Control Law (§ 62.1-44.2 et seq.), Chapter 24 (§ 62.1-242 et seq.) of Title 62.1, and Chapter 25 (§ 62.1-254 et seq.) of Title 62.1 if the board (i) provides a Notice of Intended Regulatory Action in conformance with the provisions of § 2.2-4007.01; (ii) following the passage of 30 days from the publication of the Notice of Intended Regulatory Action, forms a technical advisory committee composed of relevant stakeholders, including potentially affected citizens groups, to assist in the development of the general permit; (iii) provides notice and receives oral and written comment as provided in § 2.2-4007.03; and (iv) conducts at least one public hearing on the proposed general permit.
Title of Regulation: 9VAC25-860. General Virginia Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (VPDES) Permit for Potable Water Treatment Plants (amending 9VAC25-860-10, 9VAC25-860-15, 9VAC25-860-20, 9VAC25-860-40 through 9VAC25-860-70).
Statutory Authority: § 62.1-44.15 of the Code of Virginia; § 402 of the Clean Water Act.
Small Business Impact Review Report of Findings: This final regulatory action serves as the report of the findings of the regulatory review pursuant to § 2.2-4007.1 of the Code of Virginia.
Effective Date: July 1, 2018.
Agency Contact: Elleanore Daub, Department of Environmental Quality, 1111 East Main Street, Suite 1400, P.O. Box 1105, Richmond, VA 23218, telephone (804) 698-4067, FAX (804) 698-4032, or email elleanore.daub@deq.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The regulatory action reissues the existing Virginia Pollutant Discharge Elimination System general permit that expires on June 30, 2018. The general permit contains limitations and monitoring requirements for point source discharge of process wastewaters resulting from the production of potable water. This general permit regulation is being reissued so that these facilities may continue to discharge.
Substantive changes to the existing regulation include (i) removing the requirement to submit a groundwater monitoring plan with the registration if the plan has been previously submitted and approved; (ii) allowing for electronic submittals of registration statements; (iii) defining how to estimate discharge flow as "a technical evaluation of the sources contributing to the discharge"; (iv) removing the allowance for reduced monitoring for reverse osmosis plants; (v) requiring a corrective action plan when groundwater is contaminated; (vi) changing the requirement to conduct whole effluent toxicity testing from facilities with a one-time daily maximum flow of greater than or equal to 50,000 gallons per day to facilities with a daily maximum flow rate greater than or equal to 50,000 gallons per day over three consecutive monitoring periods; (vii) revising the "continuation of permit coverage" subsection so it is generic and not dependent on specific dates, which were removed but allowances for continuance of permit coverage are the same or can be implemented the same; (viii) eliminating the requirement for grab samples to occur within 15 minutes of commencement of the discharge when the discharge is continuous; (ix) eliminating the requirement that the daily inspection of the effluent and the facility must be done when the facility is discharging; and (x) clarifying throughout the regulation where the requirements apply to the process wastewater treatment or discharge versus the drinking water treatment.
CHAPTER 860
GENERAL VIRGINIA POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (VPDES) GENERAL PERMIT FOR POTABLE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
9VAC25-860-10. Definitions.
The words and terms used in this regulation shall have the meanings defined in the State Water Control Law and 9VAC25-31, the VPDES Permit Regulation, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, except that for the purposes of this chapter:
"Department" or "DEQ" means the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality.
"Membrane treatment" means a pressure driven process using synthetic materials to separate constituents from water. Membranes are used for dissolved solids or suspended solids removal. Membrane treatment for dissolved solids removal includes reverse osmosis and nanofiltration. Membrane treatment for suspended solids removal includes ultrafiltration and microfiltration.
"Microfiltration" means a method of membrane treatment designed to remove particles down to 0.1 µm in size. The treatment removes cysts, bacteria, and most (but not all) particulates.
"Municipal separate storm sewer system" or "MS4" means a conveyance or system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, man-made channels, or storm drains) (i) owned or operated by a state, city, town, county, district, association, or other public body (created by or pursuant to state law) having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, storm water, or other wastes, including special districts under state law such as a sewer district, flood control district or drainage district, or similar entity, or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization, or a designated and approved management agency under § 208 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) that discharges to surface waters of the state; (ii) designed or used for collecting or conveying storm water; (iii) which is not a combined sewer; and (iv) which is not part of a publicly owned treatment works (POTW).
"Nanofiltration" or "low-pressure reverse osmosis" or "membrane softening" means a method of membrane treatment designed to remove multivalent ions (softening) and removes contaminants down to 1 nm (nanometer = 0.001 µm) in size.
"Potable water treatment plant" means an establishment engaged in producing water for domestic, commercial, or industrial use as designated by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) Code 221310 - Water Supply and Irrigation Systems, (Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, United States, 2017), Standard Industrial Classified (SIC) Code 4941 - Water Supply (Office of Management and Budget (OMB) SIC Manual, 1987), or others as approved by the board.
"Reverse osmosis" means a method of membrane treatment designed to remove salts and low-molecular weight solutes and remove all contaminants down to 0.0001 µm (microns) in size. Reverse osmosis methods apply pressure in excess of osmotic pressure to force water through a semi-permeable membrane from a region of high salt concentration to a region of lower salt concentration.
"Total maximum daily load" or "TMDL" means a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant that a waterbody can receive and still meet water quality standards and an allocation of that amount to the pollutant's sources. A TMDL includes wasteload allocations (WLAs) for point source discharges, and load allocations (LAs) for nonpoint sources or natural background or both, and must include a margin of safety (MOS) and account for seasonal variations.
"Ultrafiltration" means a method of membrane treatment designed to remove particles down to 0.01 µm in size. The treatment removes cysts, bacteria, and viruses as well as suspended solids.
9VAC25-860-15. Applicability of incorporated references based on the dates that they became effective.
Except as noted, when a regulation of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency set forth in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) is referenced and incorporated [ herein in this chapter ], that regulation shall be as it exists and has been published as of July 1, 2012 2017.
9VAC25-860-20. Purpose.
This general permit regulation governs the discharge of process wastewater from potable water treatment plants to surface waters.
9VAC25-860-40. Effective date of the permit.
This general VPDES permit will become effective on December 24, 2013 July 1, 2018, and will expire on June 30, 2018 2023. This general permit is effective for any covered owner upon compliance with all the provisions of 9VAC25-860-50.
9VAC25-860-50. Authorization to discharge.
A. Any owner governed by this general permit is hereby authorized to discharge to surface waters of the Commonwealth of Virginia provided that:
1. The owner submits a registration statement in accordance with 9VAC25-860-60 and that registration statement is accepted by the board;
2. The owner submits the required permit fee;
3. The owner complies with the applicable effluent limitations and other requirements of 9VAC25-860-70; and
4. The board has not notified the owner that the discharge is not eligible for coverage in accordance with subsection B of this section.
B. The board will notify an owner that the discharge is not eligible for coverage under this general permit in the event of any of the following:
1. The owner is required to obtain an individual permit in accordance with 9VAC25-31-170 B 3 of the VPDES Permit Regulation;
2. The owner is proposing to discharge to state waters specifically named in other board regulations that prohibit such discharges;
3. The discharge violates or would violate the antidegradation policy in the Water Quality Standards at 9VAC25-260-30;
4. The discharge is not consistent with the assumptions and requirements of an approved TMDL;
5. The facility is subject to the requirements of 9VAC25-820-70 Part I G 1 (General VPDES Watershed Permit Regulation for Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus Discharges and Nutrient Trading in the Chesapeake Watershed in Virginia - Requirement to Register); and
6. An owner applying for coverage under this general permit submits the results of representative whole effluent toxicity testing of the discharge, and the results demonstrate that there is a reasonable potential for toxicity.
C. Compliance with this general permit constitutes compliance [ , for purposes of enforcement, ] with [ §§ 301, 302, 306, 307, 318, 403, and 405 (a) through (b) of ] the federal Clean Water Act and the State Water Control Law with the exceptions stated in 9VAC25-31-60 of the VPDES Permit Regulation. Approval for coverage under this general permit does not relieve any owner of the responsibility to comply with any other applicable federal, state, or local statute, ordinance, or regulation.
D. Continuation of permit coverage.
1. [ Any owner that was authorized to discharge under the potable water treatment plant general permit issued in ] 2008 [ 2013 and that submits a complete registration statement on or before ] December 24, 2013 [ June 30, 2018, is authorized to continue to discharge under the terms of the ] 2008 [ 2013 general permit until such time as the board either Permit coverage shall expire at the end of its term. However, expiring permit coverages are automatically continued if the owner has submitted a complete registration statement at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of the permit, or a later submittal established by the board, which cannot extend beyond the expiration date of the original permit. The permittee is authorized to continue to discharge until such time as the board either ]:
a. Issues coverage to the owner under this general permit; or
b. Notifies the owner that the discharge is not eligible for coverage under this general permit.
2. When the owner that was covered under the expiring or expired general permit has violated or is violating the conditions of that permit, the board may choose to do any or all of the following:
a. Initiate enforcement action based upon the 2008 [ 2013 ] general permit [ coverage that has been continued ];
b. Issue a notice of intent to deny coverage under the reissued general permit. If the general permit coverage is denied, the owner would then be required to cease the discharges authorized by [ administratively the ] continued coverage under the terms of the 2008 [ 2013 ] general permit or be subject to enforcement action for discharging without a permit;
c. Issue an individual permit with appropriate conditions; or
d. Take other actions authorized by the VPDES Permit Regulation (9VAC25-31).
9VAC25-860-60. Registration statement.
A. Deadlines for submitting registration statement. The owner seeking coverage under this general permit shall submit a complete VPDES general permit registration statement in accordance with this section, which shall serve as a notice of intent for coverage under the general VPDES permit for potable water treatment plants.
1. New facilities. Any owner proposing a new discharge shall submit a complete registration statement at least 60 days prior to the date planned for commencement of the new discharge.
2. Existing facilities.
a. Any owner covered by an individual VPDES permit who is proposing to be covered by this general permit shall submit a complete registration statement at least 270 days prior to the expiration date of the individual VPDES permit.
b. Any owner that was authorized to discharge under the [ expiring or expired ] general VPDES permit [ that became effective on December 24, ] 2008 [ 2013, ] and who intends to continue coverage under this general permit shall submit a complete registration statement to the board [ on or before ] October 24, 2013 [ May 1, 2018 at least 60 days prior to the expiration date of the existing permit or a later submittal established by the board ].
c. Any owner of a potable water treatment plant not currently covered by a VPDES permit who is proposing to be covered by this general permit shall file the registration statement.
B. Late registration statements. Registration statements for existing owners covered under subdivision A 2 b of this section will be accepted after December 24, 2013 [ June 30, 2018 the expiration date of the permit ], but authorization to discharge will not be retroactive. [ Owners described in subdivision A 2 b of this section that submit registration statements after ] October 24, 2013 [ May 1, 2018, are authorized to discharge under the provisions of 9VAC25-860-50 D if a complete registration statement is submitted on or before ] December 24, 2013 [ June 30, 2018. ]
C. The required registration statement shall contain the following information:
1. Facility name and street address, owner name, mailing address, telephone number, and email address (if available);
2. Operator or other contact name, mailing address, telephone number, and email address (if available);
3. The nature of the business;
4. A USGS 7.5 minute topographic map or equivalent computer generated map showing the facility location extending to at least one mile beyond the property boundary and the location of the discharge point(s) points;
5. The receiving waters of the discharge;
6. The outfall number, latitude and longitude, the daily maximum actual or projected [ process ] wastewater flow rate (millions of gallons per day or gallons per day), typical volume, duration of discharges, and frequency of discharge;
7. The type of water treatment (e.g., conventional, microfiltration, ultrafiltration, nanofiltration, reverse osmosis, or a combination of these) and, if applicable, a description of any treatment type changes since the previous registration statement was submitted;
8. The number of any existing VPDES permit that authorizes discharges from the potable water treatment plant;
9. If the existing VPDES permit contains a groundwater monitoring plan requirement, a copy of the board-approved plan should shall be submitted unless the plan has been previously submitted and approved and remains unchanged. If a plan has been previously approved, cite the plan and date of approval;
10. Information regarding the lining of any settling basins or lagoons, whether such units are earthen lined, and if so, whether the linings have a permeability of no greater than 10-6 cm/sec;
11. The results of any whole effluent toxicity evaluation required by the 2008 2013 potable water treatment plant general permit regulation, 9VAC25-860-50 A 3, or the current individual permit, if not previously submitted to the department;
12. A schematic drawing showing the source(s) sources of water used on the property and the conceptual design of the methods of treatment and disposal of process wastewater;
13. Information on chemicals used in the production of drinking water and process wastewater treatment, to include (i) a description of chemicals, (ii) a proposed or actual schedule and quantity of chemical usage and, if applicable, (iii) a description of any chemical or chemical usage changes since the previous registration statement was submitted, and (iv) a description of which chemicals have no likelihood of entering the process wastewater;
14. A description of how solids and residue from any settling basins or lagoons are disposed;
15. Whether the facility will discharge to a MS4 municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4). If so, the name of the MS4 owner must be provided. If the owner of the potable water treatment plant is not the owner of the MS4, the facility owner shall notify the MS4 owner of the existence of the discharge and include a copy of the notification with the registration statement. The notification shall include the following information: the name of the facility, a contact person and phone telephone number, the location of the discharge, the nature of the discharge, and the owner's VPDES general permit number;
16. If a new potable water treatment plant owner proposes to discharge within five miles upstream of another public water supply system's intake, the new potable water treatment plant owner shall notify the public water supply system's owner and include a copy of the notification with the registration statement; and
17. The following certification:
"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
D. The registration statement shall be signed in accordance with 9VAC25-31-110.
E. The registration statement shall be delivered to the department's regional office where the industrial facility is located by either postal or electronic mail.
9VAC25-860-70. General permit.
Any owner whose registration statement is accepted by the board will receive coverage under the following permit and shall comply with the requirements therein and be subject to all requirements of 9VAC25-31.
General Permit No.: VAG64
Effective Date: December 24, 2013 July 1, 2018
Expiration Date: June 30, 2018 2023
GENERAL PERMIT FOR POTABLE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
AUTHORIZATION TO DISCHARGE UNDER THE VIRGINIA POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM AND THE VIRGINIA STATE WATER CONTROL LAW
In compliance with the provisions of the Clean Water Act, as amended, and pursuant to the State Water Control Law and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, owners of potable water treatment plants are authorized to discharge to surface waters within the boundaries of the Commonwealth of Virginia, except those specifically named in board regulations that prohibit such discharges.
The authorized discharge shall be in accordance with the information submitted with the registration statement, this cover page, Part I - Effluent Limitations and, Monitoring Requirements, and Special Conditions, and Part II - Conditions Applicable To to All VPDES Permits, as set forth herein in this general permit.
PART I
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS.
1. Facilities other than reverse osmosis or nanofiltration plants.
During the period beginning with the permittee's coverage under this general permit and lasting until the permit's expiration date, the permittee is authorized to discharge process wastewater from outfall(s)outfalls: __________
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored as specified below:
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS | EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS | MONITORING REQUIREMENTS |
Monthly Average | Minimum | Maximum | Frequency(1) | Sample Type |
Flow (MGD) | NL | NA | NL | 1/3 Months | Estimate(2) |
pH (SU)(2)(3) | NA | 6.0 | 9.0 | 1/3 Months | Grab |
Total Suspended Solids (mg/l) | 30 | NA | 60 | 1/3 Months | Composite(3)(4) |
Total Residual Chlorine(4)(5)(mg/l) | 0.011 | NA | 0.011 | 1/3 Months | Grab |
NL - No Limitation, monitoring requirement only NA - Not applicable (1) Reports of quarterly monitoring shall be submitted to the DEQ regional office no later than the 10th day of April, July, October, and January. (2)Reported estimated flow is to be based on the technical evaluation of the sources contributing to the discharge. (2) (3)Where the Water Quality Standards (9VAC25-260) establish alternate standards for pH in waters receiving the discharge, those standards shall be the minimum and maximum effluent limitations.
(3) (4)Composite - For continuous discharges, five grab samples collected at hourly intervals. For batch discharges, five grab samples taken at evenly placed intervals until the discharge ceases, or until a minimum of five grab samples have been collected. For [ continuous or ] batch discharges, the first grab shall occur within 15 minutes of commencement of the discharge.
(4) (5) Total residual chlorine limit shall only be applicable [ to facilities that use chlorine in the treatment process if chlorine is present in the process wastewater ].
|
PART I
A. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS.
2. Reverse osmosis and nanofiltration plants.
During the period beginning with the permittee's coverage under this general permit and lasting until the permit's expiration date, the permittee is authorized to discharge process wastewater originating from outfall(s) outfalls: __________
Such discharges shall be limited and monitored as specified below:
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS | EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS | MONITORING REQUIREMENTS |
Monthly Average | Minimum | Maximum | Frequency(1) | Sample Type |
Flow (MGD) | NL | NA | NL | 1/ Month | Estimate(1) |
pH (SU)(2) | NA | 6.0 | 9.0 | 1/ Month | Grab |
Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) | NA | NA | NL | 1/ Month | Composite(3) |
Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)(4) | NA | 4.0 | NA | 1/ Month | Grab |
NL - No limitation, monitoring requirement only NA - Not applicable (1) Monitoring frequencies shall be reduced to 1/quarter upon written notification from the DEQ regional office. Reports of quarterly monitoring shall be submitted to the DEQ regional office no later than the 10th day of April, July, October, and January.
(1)Reported estimated flow is to be based on the technical evaluation of the sources contributing to the discharge. (2)Where the Water Quality Standards (9VAC25-260) establish alternate standards for pH in waters receiving the discharge, those standards shall be the minimum and maximum effluent limitations. (3)Composite - For continuous discharges, five grab samples collected at hourly intervals. For batch discharges, five grab samples taken at evenly placed intervals until the discharge ceases or until a minimum of five grab samples have been collected. For [ continuous or ] batch discharges, the first grab shall occur within 15 minutes of commencement of the discharge. (4)Where the Water Quality Standards (9VAC25-260) establish alternate standards for dissolved oxygen in waters receiving the discharge, those standards shall be the minimum effluent limitations. |
B. Special conditions.
1. Inspection of the effluent, and maintenance of the process wastewater treatment facility, shall be performed daily [ when discharging ]. Documentation of the inspection and maintenance shall be recorded in an operational log. This operational log shall be made available for review by the department personnel upon request.
2. No domestic sewage discharges are permitted under this general permit.
3. No chemicals used for water and process wastewater treatment, other than those listed on the owner's accepted registration statement, are allowed. Prior approval shall be obtained from the board before any changes are made to the chemical(s) chemicals, in order to assure protection of water quality and beneficial uses of the waters receiving the discharge. The owner shall indicate whether the chemical is likely to enter state waters through the process wastewater discharge.
4. There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
5. Owners of facilities that are a source of the specified pollutant of concern to waters where an approved total maximum daily load (TMDL) has been established shall implement measures and controls that are consistent with the assumptions and requirements of the TMDL.
6. The permittee shall notify the department as soon as he the permittee knows or has reason to believe:
a. That any activity has occurred or will occur that would result in the discharge, on a routine or frequent basis, of any toxic pollutant that is not limited in this permit, if that discharge will exceed the highest of the following notification levels:
(1) One hundred micrograms per liter;
(2) Two hundred micrograms per liter for acrolein and acrylonitrile; five hundred micrograms per liter for 2,4‑dinitrophenol and for 2‑methyl‑4,6‑dinitrophenol; and one milligram per liter for antimony;
(3) Five times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the general permit registration statement; or
(4) The level established by the board.
b. That any activity has occurred or will occur that would result in any discharge, on a nonroutine or infrequent basis, of a toxic pollutant that is not limited in this permit, if that discharge will exceed the highest of the following notification levels:
(1) Five hundred micrograms per liter;
(2) One milligram per liter for antimony;
(3) Ten times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the general permit registration statement; or
(4) The level established by the board.
7. If a board-approved groundwater monitoring plan was submitted with the registration statement, the permittee shall continue to sample and report in accordance with the plan. The approved plan shall be an enforceable part of this permit. The board or the owner, with board approval, may evaluate the groundwater monitoring data and demonstrate that revisions to or the cessation of the groundwater monitoring are appropriate. If the department determines that monitoring indicates that groundwater is contaminated, the permittee shall submit a corrective action plan within 60 days of being notified by the regional office. The plan shall set forth the steps to ensure the contamination source is eliminated or that the contaminant plume is contained on the permittee's property. In addition, based on the extent of contamination, a risk analysis may be required. Once approved, this plan or analysis shall become an enforceable part of this permit.
8. Compliance reporting under Part I A.
a. The quantification levels (QL) shall be as follows:
| Effluent Characteristic | Quantification Level |
| Chlorine | 0.10 mg/l |
| TSS | 1.0 mg/l |
b. Reporting.
(1) Monthly average. Compliance with the monthly average limitations and reporting requirements for the parameters listed in subdivision 8 a of this subsection shall be determined as follows: all concentration data below the QL listed above in subdivision 8 a shall be treated as zero. All concentration data equal to or above the QL listed in subdivision 8 a shall be treated as it is reported. An arithmetic average shall be calculated using all reported data for the month, including the defined zeros. This arithmetic average shall be reported on the Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) as calculated. If all data are below the QL, then the average shall be reported as "<QL." If reporting for quantity is required on the DMR and the calculated concentration is <QL, then report "<QL" for the quantity. Otherwise use the calculated concentration.
(2) Daily maximum. Compliance with the daily maximum limitations [ and/or or ] reporting requirements for the parameters listed in subdivision 8 a above of this subsection shall be determined as follows: all concentration data below the QL listed in subdivision 8 a above shall be treated as zero. All concentration data equal to or above the QL shall be treated as reported. An arithmetic average shall be calculated using all reported data, including the defined zeros, collected within each day during the reporting month. The maximum value of these daily averages thus determined shall be reported on the DMR as the Daily Maximum daily maximum. If all data are below the QL, then the average shall be reported as "<QL." If reporting for quantity is required on the DMR and the calculated concentration is <QL, then report "<QL" for the quantity. Otherwise use the calculated concentration.
c. Any single datum required shall be reported as "<QL" if it is less than the QL in subdivision 8 a of this subsection. Otherwise, the numerical value shall be reported.
d. The permittee shall report at least the same number of significant digits as the permit limit for a given parameter. Regardless of the rounding convention used (i.e., 5 five always rounding up or to the nearest even number) by the permittee, the permittee shall use the convention consistently, and shall ensure that consulting laboratories employed by the permittee use the same convention.
9. Operation and Maintenance Manual Requirement maintenance manual requirement.
a. Within 90 days after the date of coverage under this general permit, the permittee shall develop or update an Operation and Maintenance (O & M) Manual operation and maintenance (O&M) manual for the [ process wastewater ] treatment works. The O & M O&M manual shall be reviewed within 90 days of changes to the treatment system. The O & M O&M manual shall be certified in accordance with Part II K of this permit. The O & M O&M manual shall be made available for review by department personnel upon request.
b. This manual shall detail the practices and procedures that will be followed to ensure compliance with the requirements of this permit. Within 30 days of a request by the department, the current [ O & M Manual O&M manual ] shall be submitted to the board for review and approval. The permittee shall operate the [ process wastewater ] treatment works in accordance with the O & M Manual O&M manual. Noncompliance with the O & M Manual O&M manual shall be deemed a violation of the permit.
c. This manual shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following items, as appropriate:
(1) Techniques to be employed in the collection, preservation, and analysis of effluent samples;
(2) Discussion of best management practices [ , if applicable ];
(3) Treatment Process wastewater treatment system design, [ treatment system ] operation, routine preventive maintenance of units within the [ process wastewater ] treatment system, critical spare parts inventory and record keeping recordkeeping;
(4) A plan for the management [ and/or or ] disposal of waste solids and residues, which includes a requirement to clean settling basins and lagoons (if present at the facility) in order to achieve effective treatment and a requirement that all solids shall be handled, stored, and disposed of so as to prevent a discharge to state waters; [ and ]
(5) Procedures for measuring and recording the duration and volume of treated process wastewater discharged [ .; and
(6) Location of the operational log for performing the daily inspections of the effluent. The log shall note any solids or sheens and if there is no discharge at time of inspection. ]
10. Owners of a facility with a daily maximum flow rate greater than or equal to 50,000 gallons per day over three consecutive monitoring periods that have not conducted whole effluent toxicity (WET) testing to demonstrate there is no reasonable potential for toxicity from their discharge shall conduct WET testing as described in subdivisions [ 10 ] a through e of this subsection. Owners with changes in treatment technology or chemical usage that change the characteristics of the discharge and with a daily maximum flow rate greater than or equal to 50,000 gallons per day [ over three consecutive monitoring periods ] shall conduct WET testing as described in subdivisions [ 10 ] a through e of this subsection.
a. The WET testing shall consist of a minimum of four sets (set = vertebrate and invertebrate) (a set includes both vertebrate and invertebrate tests) of acute or chronic tests that reflect the current characteristics of the [ process wastewater ] treatment plant effluent using the following tests and organisms:
For an intermittent or batch discharger | 48 hour static acute toxicity tests |
Freshwater organisms | Pimephales promelas or Oncorhynchus mykiss (for cold water) (vertebrates) Ceriodaphnia dubia (invertebrate) |
Saltwater organisms | Cyprinodon variegates variegatus (vertebrate) Americamysis bahia (invertebrate) |
For continuous discharger |
Freshwater | 7-Day Chronic Static Renewal Larval Survival and Growth Test with Pimephales promelas (vertebrate) |
3-Brood Chronic Static Renewal Survival and Reproduction Test with Ceriodaphnia dubia (invertebrate) |
Saltwater | 7-Day Chronic Static Renewal Larval Survival and Growth Test with Cyprinodon variegatus (vertebrate) |
7-Day Chronic Static Renewal Survival, Growth and Fecundity Test with Americamysis bahia (invertebrate) |
Freshwater organisms are used where the salinity of the receiving water is less than 1.0‰ (parts per thousand). Where the salinity of the receiving water is greater than or equal to 1.0‰ but less than 5.0‰ either freshwater or saltwater organisms may be used. Saltwater organisms are used where the salinity is greater than or equal to 5.0‰. There shall be a minimum of 30 days between sets of tests, and test procedures shall follow Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 136 (40 CFR Part 136) 40 CFR Part 136, which references the EPA guidance manuals for WET testing.
b. This testing shall be completed, at a minimum, during the first year of coverage under the general permit or within one year of commencing discharge.
c. The department will evaluate all representative data statistically to see if there is reasonable potential for toxicity in the facility discharge. If such reasonable potential exists and cannot be eliminated, the owner will be notified that he the owner must apply for an individual VPDES permit at next reissuance and a WET limit will be included in that individual permit. If the potential cause of the toxicity is eliminated during the five-year term of this general permit, the owner may conduct additional WET testing to demonstrate that there is no longer reasonable potential for toxicity and an individual permit will not be required at the next reissuance.
d. If the department determines that no reasonable potential for toxicity exists in the facility discharge, no further WET testing is required unless changes in treatment technology or chemical usage are made at the plant that change the characteristics of the discharge. If there have been changes to the effluent characteristics, then four sets of WET testing, either acute or chronic tests as applicable to the current characteristics of the [ process wastewater ] treatment plant effluent, must be performed to recharacterize the discharge.
e. Any WET testing data will be submitted with the next required discharge monitoring report.
11. The discharges authorized by this permit shall be controlled as necessary to meet applicable water quality standards.
12. Notice of termination.
a. The owner may terminate coverage under this general permit by filing a complete notice of termination with the department. The notice of termination may be filed after one or more of the following conditions have been met:
(1) Operations have ceased at the facility and there are no longer discharges of process wastewater from the potable water treatment plant;
(2) A new owner has assumed responsibility for the facility. A notice of termination does not have to be submitted if a VPDES Change of Ownership Agreement form has been submitted;
(3) All discharges associated with this facility have been covered by an individual VPDES permit or a VPDES general permit; or
(4) Termination of coverage is being requested for another reason, provided the board agrees that coverage under this general permit is no longer needed.
b. The notice of termination shall contain the following information:
(1) Owner's name, mailing address, telephone number, and email address (if available);
(2) Facility name and location;
(3) VPDES general permit registration number for the facility; and
(4) The basis for submitting the notice of termination, including:
(a) A statement indicating that a new owner has assumed responsibility for the facility;
(b) A statement indicating that operations have ceased at the facility and there are no longer discharges from the facility;
(c) A statement indicating that all discharges have been covered by an individual VPDES permit; or
(d) A statement indicating that termination of coverage is being requested for another reason (state the reason) and a description of the reason.
c. The following certification: "I certify under penalty of law that all process wastewater discharges from the identified facility that are authorized by this VPDES general permit have been eliminated, or covered under a VPDES individual or a VPDES general permit, or that I am no longer the owner of the facility, or permit coverage should be terminated for another reason listed above. I understand that by submitting this notice of termination, that I am no longer authorized to discharge process wastewater in accordance with the general permit, and that discharging pollutants to surface waters is unlawful where the discharge is not authorized by a VPDES permit. I also understand that the submittal of this notice of termination does not release an owner from liability for any violations of this permit or the Clean Water Act."
d. The notice of termination shall be submitted to the department and signed in accordance with Part II K.
13. Approval for coverage under this general permit does not relieve any owner of the responsibility to comply with any other federal, state, or local statute, ordinance, or regulation.
PART II
CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL VPDES PERMITS.
A. Monitoring.
1. Samples and measurements taken as required by this permit shall be representative of the monitored activity.
2. Monitoring shall be conducted according to procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 or alternative methods approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, unless other procedures have been specified in this permit.
3. The permittee shall periodically calibrate and perform maintenance procedures on all monitoring and analytical instrumentation at intervals that will [ insure ensure ] accuracy of measurements.
4. Samples taken as required by this permit shall be analyzed in accordance with 1VAC30-45, Certification for Noncommercial Environmental Laboratories, or 1VAC30-46, Accreditation for Commercial Environmental Laboratories.
B. Records.
1. Records of monitoring information shall include:
a. The date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements;
b. The individual(s) individuals who performed the sampling or measurements;
c. The date(s) dates and time(s) times analyses were performed;
d. The individual(s) individuals who performed the analyses;
e. The analytical techniques or methods used; and
f. The results of such analyses.
2. Except for records of monitoring information required by this permit related to the permittee's sewage sludge use and disposal activities, which shall be retained for a period of at least five years, the The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of all data used to complete the registration statement for this permit, for a period of at least three years from the date of the sample, measurement, report or request for coverage. This period of retention shall be extended automatically during the course of any unresolved litigation regarding the regulated activity or regarding control standards applicable to the permittee, or as requested by the board.
C. Reporting monitoring results.
1. The permittee shall submit the results of the monitoring required by this permit not later than the 10th day of the month after monitoring takes place, unless another reporting schedule is specified elsewhere in this permit. Monitoring results shall be submitted to the department's regional office.
2. Monitoring results shall be reported on a discharge monitoring report (DMR) DMR or on forms provided, approved or specified by the department.
3. If the permittee monitors any pollutant specifically addressed by this permit more frequently than required by this permit using test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 or using other test procedures approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or using procedures specified in this permit, the results of this monitoring shall be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the DMR or reporting form specified by the department.
4. Calculations for all limitations that require averaging of measurements shall utilize an arithmetic mean unless otherwise specified in this permit.
D. Duty to provide information. The permittee shall furnish to the department, within a reasonable time, any information that the board may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit. The board may require the permittee to furnish, upon request, such plans, specifications, and other pertinent information as may be necessary to determine the effect of the wastes from his the permittee's discharge on the quality of state waters, or such other information as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes of the State Water Control Law. The permittee shall also furnish to the department upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit.
E. Compliance schedule reports. Reports of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, interim and final requirements contained in any compliance schedule of this permit shall be submitted no later than 14 days following each schedule date.
F. Unauthorized discharges. Except in compliance with this permit, or another permit issued by the board, it shall be unlawful for any person to:
1. Discharge into state waters sewage, industrial wastes, other wastes, or any noxious or deleterious substances; or
2. Otherwise alter the physical, chemical or biological properties of such state waters and make them detrimental to the public health, or to animal or aquatic life, or to the use of such waters for domestic or industrial consumption, or for recreation, or for other uses.
G. Reports of unauthorized discharges. Any permittee [ who that ] discharges or causes or allows a discharge of sewage, industrial waste, other wastes or any noxious or deleterious substance into or upon state waters in violation of Part II F, or [ who that ] discharges or causes or allows a discharge that may reasonably be expected to enter state waters in violation of Part II F, shall notify the department of the discharge immediately upon discovery of the discharge, but in no case later than 24 hours after said discovery. A written report of the unauthorized discharge shall be submitted to the department, within five days of discovery of the discharge. The written report shall contain:
1. A description of the nature and location of the discharge;
2. The cause of the discharge;
3. The date on which the discharge occurred;
4. The length of time that the discharge continued;
5. The volume of the discharge;
6. If the discharge is continuing, how long it is expected to continue;
7. If the discharge is continuing, what the expected total volume of the discharge will be; and
8. Any steps planned or taken to reduce, eliminate and prevent a recurrence of the present discharge or any future discharges not authorized by this permit.
Discharges reportable to the department under the immediate reporting requirements of other regulations are exempted from this requirement.
H. Reports of unusual or extraordinary discharges. If any unusual or extraordinary discharge including a bypass or upset should occur from a treatment works and the discharge enters or could be expected to enter state waters, the permittee shall promptly notify, in no case later than 24 hours, the department by telephone after the discovery of the discharge. This notification shall provide all available details of the incident, including any adverse effects on aquatic life and the known number of fish killed. The permittee shall reduce the report to writing and shall submit it to the department within five days of discovery of the discharge in accordance with Part II I [ 2 1 b ]. Unusual and extraordinary discharges include but are not limited to any discharge resulting from:
1. Unusual spillage of materials resulting directly or indirectly from processing operations;
2. Breakdown of processing or accessory equipment;
3. Failure or taking out of service some or all of the treatment works; and
4. Flooding or other acts of nature.
I. Reports of noncompliance.
[ 1. ] The permittee shall report any noncompliance that may adversely affect state waters or may endanger public health.
[ 1. a. ] An oral report shall be provided within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. The following shall be included as information that shall be reported within 24 hours under this paragraph subsection:
[ a. (1) ] Any unanticipated bypass; and
[ b. (2) ] Any upset that causes a discharge to surface waters.
[ 2. b. ] A written report shall be submitted within five days and shall contain:
[ a. (1) ] A description of the noncompliance and its cause;
[ b. (2) ] The period of noncompliance, including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and
[ c. (3) ] Steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance.
The board may waive the written report on a case-by-case basis for reports of noncompliance under Part II I if the oral report has been received within 24 hours and no adverse impact on state waters has been reported.
[ 3. 2. ] The permittee shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported under Parts II I 1 [ or 2 ], in writing, at the time the next monitoring reports are submitted. The reports shall contain the information listed in Part II I [ 2 1 b ].
NOTE: The immediate (within 24 hours) reports required in Parts II G, H and I may be made to the department's regional office. Reports may be made by telephone, FAX, or online at http://www.deq.virginia.gov/Programs/PollutionResponsePreparedness/MakingaReport.aspx. For reports outside normal working hours, a message may be left and this shall fulfill the immediate reporting requirement. For emergencies, the Virginia Department of Emergency Services maintains a 24-hour telephone service at 1-800-468-8892.
[ 3. Where the permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit registration statement, or submitted incorrect information in a permit registration statement or in any report to the department, it shall promptly submit such facts or information. ]
J. Notice of planned changes.
1. The permittee shall give notice to the department as soon as possible of any planned physical alterations or additions to the permitted facility. Notice is required only when:
a. The permittee plans alteration or addition to any building, structure, facility, or installation from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, the construction of which commenced:
(1) After promulgation of standards of performance under § 306 of the Clean Water Act that are applicable to such source; or
(2) After proposal of standards of performance in accordance with § 306 of the Clean Water Act that are applicable to such source, but only if the standards are promulgated in accordance with § 306 within 120 days of their proposal;
b. The alteration or addition could significantly change the nature or increase the quantity of pollutants discharged. This notification applies to pollutants that are subject neither to effluent limitations nor to notification requirements [ specified elsewhere in this permit under Part I B 6 ]; or
c. The alteration or addition results in a significant change in the permittee's sludge use or disposal practices, and such alteration, addition, or change may justify the application of permit conditions that are different from or absent in the existing permit, including notification of additional use or disposal sites not reported during the permit [ application registration ] process or not reported pursuant to an approved land application plan.
2. The permittee shall give advance notice to the department of any planned changes in the permitted facility or activity that may result in noncompliance with permit requirements.
K. Signatory requirements.
1. Registration statement. All registration statements shall be signed as follows:
a. For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of this section, a responsible corporate officer means: (i) a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy-making or decision-making functions for the corporation, or (ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities, provided the manager is authorized to make management decisions that govern the operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making major capital investment recommendations, and initiating and directing other comprehensive measures to assure long-term environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather complete and accurate information for permit registration requirements; and where authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures;
b. For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively; or
c. For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency: by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of this section, a principal executive officer of a public agency includes (i) the chief executive officer of the agency, or (ii) a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency.
2. Reports, etc and other information. All reports required by permits, and other information requested by the board shall be signed by a person described in Part II K 1, or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:
a. The authorization is made in writing by a person described in Part II K 1;
b. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity such as the position of plant manager, operator of a well or a well field, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or position having overall responsibility for environmental matters for the company. (A duly authorized representative may thus be either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position); and
c. The written authorization is submitted to the department.
3. Changes to authorization. If an authorization under Part II K 2 is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of Part II K 2 shall be submitted to the department prior to or together with any reports, or information to be signed by an authorized representative.
4. Certification. Any person signing a document under [ Parts Part ] II K 1 or 2 shall make the following certification:
"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
L. Duty to comply. The permittee shall comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the State Water Control Law and the Clean Water Act, except that noncompliance with certain provisions of this permit may constitute a violation of the State Water Control Law but not the Clean Water Act. Permit noncompliance is grounds for enforcement action [ ;, ] for permit [ coverage ] termination, [ revocation and reissuance, or modification; ] or [ for ] denial of [ a ] permit coverage renewal [ application ].
The permittee shall comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under § 307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants and with standards for sewage sludge use or disposal established under § 405(d) of the Clean Water Act within the time provided in the regulations that establish these standards or prohibitions or standards for sewage sludge use or disposal, even if this permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement.
M. Duty to reapply. If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit, the permittee shall submit a new registration statement at least 60 days before the expiration date of the existing permit, unless permission for a later date has been granted by the board. The board shall not grant permission for registration statements to be submitted later than the expiration date of the existing permit.
N. Effect of a permit. This permit does not convey any property rights in either real or personal property or any exclusive privileges, nor does it authorize any injury to private property or invasion of personal rights, or any infringement of federal, state or local law or regulations.
O. State law. Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action under, or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties established pursuant to any other state law or regulation or under authority preserved by § 510 of the Clean Water Act. Except as provided in permit conditions on "bypassing" (Part II U), and "upset" (Part II V) nothing in this permit shall be construed to relieve the permittee from civil and criminal penalties for noncompliance.
P. Oil and hazardous substance liability. Nothing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve the permittee from any responsibilities, liabilities, or penalties to which the permittee is or may be subject under §§ 62.1-44.34:14 through 62.1-44.34:23 of the State Water Control Law.
Q. Proper operation and maintenance. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance also includes effective plant performance, adequate funding, adequate staffing, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems that are installed by the permittee only when the operation is necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit.
R. Disposal of solids or sludges. Solids, sludges or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or management of pollutants shall be disposed of in a manner so as to prevent any pollutant from such materials from entering state waters.
S. Duty to mitigate. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment.
T. Need to halt or reduce activity not a defense. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit.
U. Bypass.
1. "Bypass" means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility. The permittee may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded, but only if it also is for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation. These bypasses are not subject to the provisions of [ Parts Part ] II U 2 and U 3.
2. Notice.
a. Anticipated bypass. If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, prior notice shall be submitted, if possible at least 10 days before the date of the bypass.
b. Unanticipated bypass. The permittee shall submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in Part II I.
3. Prohibition of bypass.
a. Bypass is prohibited, and the board may take enforcement action against a permittee for bypass, unless:
(1) Bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage;
(2) There were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if adequate back-up equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass that occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance; and
(3) The permittee submitted notices as required under Part II U 2.
b. The board may approve an anticipated bypass, after considering its adverse effects, if the board determines that it will meet the three conditions listed above in Part II U 3 a.
V. Upset.
1. An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of Part II V 2 are met. A determination made during administrative review of claims that noncompliance was caused by upset, and before an action for noncompliance, is not a final administrative action subject to judicial review.
2. A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset shall demonstrate, through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that:
a. An upset occurred and that the permittee can identify the cause(s) causes of the upset;
b. The permitted facility was at the time being properly operated;
c. The permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Part II I; and
d. The permittee complied with any remedial measures required under Part II S.
3. In any enforcement preceding the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof.
W. Inspection and entry. The permittee shall allow the director, or an authorized representative, [ including an authorized contractor acting as a representative of the administrator, ] upon presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law, to:
1. Enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
2. Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
3. Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, or operations regulated or required under this permit; and
4. Sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the Clean Water Act and the State Water Control Law, any substances or parameters at any location.
For purposes of this [ section subsection ], the time for inspection shall be deemed reasonable during regular business hours, and or whenever the facility is discharging. Nothing contained [ herein in this general permit ] shall make an inspection unreasonable during an emergency.
X. Permit actions. Permits Permit coverages may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by the permittee for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or [ termination ], or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition.
Y. Transfer of [ permits permit coverage ]. [ Permits are Permit coverage is ] not transferable to any person except after notice to the department.
Coverage under this permit may be automatically transferred to a new permittee if:
1. The current permittee notifies the department at least within 30 days in advance of the [ proposed ] transfer of the title to the facility or property unless permission for a later date has been granted by the board;
2. The notice includes a written agreement between the existing and new permittees containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability between them; and
3. The board does not notify the existing permittee and the proposed new permittee of its intent to deny the new permittee coverage under the permit. If this notice is not received, the transfer is effective on the date specified in the agreement mentioned in Part II Y 2.
Z. Severability. The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit or the application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit, shall not be affected thereby.
VA.R. Doc. No. R17-5011; Filed December 28, 2017, 8:07 a.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
STATE BOARD OF HEALTH
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
State Board of Health is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform to
changes in Virginia statutory law or the appropriation act where no agency
discretion is involved. The State Board of Health will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Title of Regulation: 12VAC5-371. Regulations for the
Licensure of Nursing Facilities (amending 12VAC5-371-150).
Statutory Authority: §§ 32.1-12, 32.1-127, and
32.1-162.12 of the Code of Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Domica Winstead, Policy Analyst, Office
of Licensure and Certification, Virginia Department of Health, 9960 Mayland
Drive, Suite 401, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone (804) 367-2157, FAX (804)
527-4502, or email domica.winstead@vdh.virginia.gov.
Summary:
Pursuant to Chapter 462 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly, the
amendment provides that a nursing facility shall not restrict the rights of a
nursing home resident's family to meet in the facility with the families of
other residents of the facility.
12VAC5-371-150. Resident rights.
A. The nursing facility shall develop and implement policies
and procedures that ensure resident's rights as defined in §§ 32.1-138 and
32.1-138.1 of the Code of Virginia.
B. The procedures shall:
1. Not restrict any right a resident has under law;
2. Provide staff training to implement resident's rights; and
3. Include grievance procedures.
C. The name and telephone number of the complaint coordinator
of the OLC, the Adult Protective Services toll-free telephone number, and the
toll-free telephone number for the State Ombudsman shall be conspicuously
posted in a public place.
D. Copies of resident rights shall be given to residents upon
admittance to the facility and made available to residents currently in
residence, to any guardians, next of kin, or sponsoring agency or agencies, and
to the public.
E. The nursing facility shall have a plan to review resident
rights with each resident annually, or with the responsible family member or
responsible agent at least annually, and have a plan to advise each staff
member at least annually.
F. The nursing facility shall certify, in writing, that it is
in compliance with the provisions of §§ 32.1-138 and 32.1-138.1 of the
Code of Virginia, relative to resident rights, as a condition of license
issuance or renewal.
G. The nursing facility shall register with the Department of
State Police to receive notice of the registration or reregistration of any sex
offender within the same or a contiguous zip code area in which the facility is
located pursuant to § 9.1-914 of the Code of Virginia.
H. Prior to admission, each nursing facility shall determine
if a potential resident is a registered sex offender when the potential
resident is anticipated to have a length of stay:
1. Greater than three days; or
2. In fact stays longer than three days.
I. The nursing facility
shall not restrict the rights of a nursing home resident's family and
resident's legal representative to meet in the facility with the families and
legal representatives of other residents of the facility.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5384; Filed December 28, 2017, 11:09 a.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
STATE BOARD OF HEALTH
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
State Board of Health is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform to
changes in Virginia statutory law or the appropriation act where no agency
discretion is involved. The State Board of Health will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Title of Regulation: 12VAC5-371. Regulations for the
Licensure of Nursing Facilities (amending 12VAC5-371-160).
Statutory Authority: §§ 32.1-12 and 32.1-127 of the Code
of Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Domica Winstead, Policy Analyst, Office
of Licensure and Certification, Virginia Department of Health, 9960 Mayland
Drive, Suite 401, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone (804) 367-2157, FAX (804)
527-4502, or email domica.winstead@vdh.virginia.gov.
Summary:
Pursuant to Chapter 85 of the 2016 Acts of Assembly, the
amendments require nursing homes to provide a full refund of any unexpended
patient funds on deposit with the facility following the discharge or death of
a patient within 30 days of a written request for such funds by the discharged
patient or the person administering the patient's estate in accordance with the
Virginia Small Estate Act; the amendment excludes entrance-related fees paid to
a continuing care provider.
12VAC5-371-160. Financial controls and resident funds.
A. All financial records, including resident funds, shall be
kept according to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
B. Each nursing facility shall maintain liability insurance
coverage in a minimum of $1 million and professional liability coverage in an
amount at least equal to the recovery limit set forth in § 8.01-581.15 of
the Code of Virginia to compensate residents or individuals for injuries and
losses resulting from the negligent or criminal acts of the facility. Failure
to maintain minimum insurance shall result in revocation of the facility's
license.
C. Nursing facilities choosing
to handle resident funds shall:
1. Comply with § 32.1-138 A 7 of the Code of Virginia
regarding resident funds;
2. Purchase a surety bond or otherwise provide assurance for
the security of all personal funds deposited with the facility; and
3. Provide for separate accounting for resident funds.
D. In the event the facility is sold, the nursing facility
shall provide written verification that all resident funds have been
transferred and shall obtain a signed receipt from the new owner. Upon receipt,
the new owner shall provide an accounting of resident funds.
E. In the event of a resident's death or discharge with
funds deposited with the facility, the nursing facility shall, within 30 days,
give a final accounting of those funds to the individual administering the
resident's estate and, if appropriate, refund any moneys due. Each
nursing facility shall be required to provide a full refund of any unexpended
patient funds on deposit with the facility following the discharge or death of
a patient, other than entrance related fees, within 30 days of a written
request for such funds by the discharged patient or, in the case of the death
of a patient, the person administering the patient's estate in accordance with
the Virginia Small Estate Act (§ 64.2-600 et seq. of the Code of Virginia).
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5383; Filed December 28, 2017, 11:10 a.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
STATE BOARD OF HEALTH
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
State Board of Health is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform to
changes in Virginia statutory law or the appropriation act where no agency
discretion is involved. The State Board of Health will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Title of Regulation: 12VAC5-410. Regulations for the
Licensure of Hospitals in Virginia (amending 12VAC5-410-450).
Statutory Authority: §§ 32.1-12, 32.1-123, and
32.1-127 of the Code of Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Domica Winstead, Policy Analyst, Office
of Licensure and Certification, Virginia Department of Health, 9960 Mayland
Drive, Suite 401, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone (804) 367-2157, FAX (804)
527-4502, or email domica.winstead@vdh.virginia.gov.
Summary:
Pursuant to Chapter 175 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly, the
amendments require that hospitals providing psychiatric services establish a
written protocol for the refusal to admit medically stable patients referred
for psychiatric care that addresses (i) direct verbal communication between the
on-call psychiatric physician and the referring physician and (ii) prohibits
on-call physicians or other hospital staff from refusing a request for direct
verbal communication by a referring physician.
12VAC5-410-450. Psychiatric service.
A. The psychiatric service shall be under the supervision of
a physician, licensed by the Board of Medicine, who meets the qualifications of
the medical staff bylaws.
B. Psychiatric units shall conform to the applicable
licensure requirements pursuant to 12VAC35-105.
C. Every hospital that provides inpatient psychiatric
services shall establish written policies for denial of admission of medically
stable patients in its psychiatric unit. The policies shall include language
that:
1. If a medically stable patient is referred to a
hospital's psychiatric unit and denied admission, the referring physician may
request direct verbal communication with the on-call physician at the referral
hospital; and
2. Prohibits on-call physicians or other hospital staff
from refusing a request from the referring physician for direct verbal
communication.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5385; Filed December 28, 2017, 11:05 a.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICES
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Department of Medical Assistance Services is claiming an exemption from Article
2 of the Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of
the Code of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform
to changes in Virginia statutory law where no agency discretion is involved.
The Department of Medical Assistance Services will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 12VAC30-70. Methods and
Standards for Establishing Payment Rates - Inpatient Hospital Services (amending 12VAC30-70-221, 12VAC30-70-281,
12VAC30-70-291, 12VAC30-70-351, 12VAC30-70-381).
12VAC30-80. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates; Other Types of Care (amending 12VAC30-80-30, 12VAC30-80-36, 12VAC30-80-180,
12VAC30-80-200).
12VAC30-90. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates for Long-Term Care (amending 12VAC30-90-44, 12VAC30-90-264).
Statutory Authority: § 32.1-325 of the Code of
Virginia; 42 USC § 1396 et seq.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Emily McClellan, Regulatory Supervisor,
Policy Division, Department of Medical Assistance Services, 600 East Broad
Street, Suite 1300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804) 371-4300, FAX (804)
786-1680, or email emily.mcclellan@dmas.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments:
1. At 12VAC30-70-221 and 12VAC30-70-381, change the
methodology for cost claims used to rebase weights to a methodology that uses
per-diems and cost-to-charge ratios by cost center for the fee-for-service and
managed care claims, effective July 1, 2016. In a similar fashion, each
hospital's total costs by claim using this methodology is divided by the total
charges for the hospital cost-to-charge ratio.
2. At 12VAC30-70-281 and 12VAC30-70-291, update the
regulation to indicate that effective July 1, 2017, (i) the Department of
Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) increases the formula for indirect medical
education (IME) for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 as a substitute for disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) payments to be identical to the formula used for Type One
hospitals and (ii) supplemental payments shall be made for medical residency
slots for primary care, high need specialties, and underserved areas to the
following hospitals for the specified number of primary residencies: Sentara
Norfolk General, Carilion Medical Center, Centra Lynchburg Hospital, Riverside
Regional Medical Center, and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center.
3. At 12VAC30-70-351, reduce state fiscal year (FY) 2017
inflation by 50% for inpatient hospital operating rates, freestanding
psychiatric hospitals, graduate medical expenses, and DSH. In FY 2018, the
inflation adjustment is eliminated.
4. At 12VAC30-80-30, (i) eliminate subdivision A 1 related
to limitations for emergency physician services; (ii) at subdivision A 17 b,
include information regarding how supplemental payments are calculated for
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2015; and (iii)
add a new subdivision A 19 regarding supplemental payments for services provided
by physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8 (Children's National Health System).
5. At 12VAC30-80-36 B 4 a, add language regarding the
inflation adjustment to hospital costs, limiting the adjustment for inflation
to 50% of inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 and eliminating
inflation in state fiscal year 2018.
6. At 12VAC30-80-180 and 12VAC30-80-200, limit the
inflation to 50% of inflation for home health and outpatient rehabilitation
agencies in fiscal year 2018.
7. At 12VAC30-90-44, update the price for each nursing
facility peer group and other changes to peer groups.
8. At 12VAC30-90-264, convert the specialized care rate
methodology to a fully prospective state fiscal year rate, effective July 1,
2016, consistent with the existing cost-based methodology by adding inflation
to the per diem costs subject to existing ceilings for direct, indirect, and
ancillary costs from the most recent settled cost report prior to the state
fiscal year for which the rates are being established. DMAS shall use the state
fiscal year inflation rate recently adopted for regular nursing facilities.
Partial year inflation shall be applied to per diem costs if the provider
fiscal year end is different than the state fiscal year. Ceilings shall also be
maintained by state fiscal year.
The amendments conform the regulations to Chapter 665 of
the 2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 780 of the 2016 Acts of Assembly, and
Chapter 836 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly.
Article 2
Prospective (DRG-Based) Payment Methodology
12VAC30-70-221. General.
A. Effective July 1, 2000, the prospective (DRG-based)
payment system described in this article shall apply to inpatient hospital
services provided in enrolled general acute care hospitals, rehabilitation
hospitals, and freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals,
unless otherwise noted.
B. The following methodologies shall apply under the
prospective payment system:
1. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-231, operating payments for DRG
cases that are not transfer cases shall be determined on the basis of a
hospital specific operating rate per case times relative weight of the DRG to
which the case is assigned.
2. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-241, operating payments for per
diem cases shall be determined on the basis of a hospital specific operating
rate per day times the covered days for the case with the exception of payments
for per diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities. Payments for per
diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals shall
be determined on the basis of a hospital specific rate per day that represents
an all-inclusive payment for operating and capital costs.
3. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-251, operating payments for
transfer cases shall be determined as follows: (i) the transferring hospital
shall receive an operating per diem payment, not to exceed the DRG operating
payment that would have otherwise been made and (ii) the final discharging
hospital shall receive the full DRG operating payment.
4. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-261, additional operating
payments shall be made for outlier cases. These additional payments shall be
added to the operating payments determined in subdivisions 1 and 3 of this
subsection.
5. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-271, payments for capital costs
shall be made on an allowable cost basis.
6. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-281, payments for direct
medical education costs of nursing schools and paramedical programs shall be
made on an allowable cost basis. For Type Two hospitals, payment for direct
graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns and residents shall be made
quarterly on a prospective basis, subject to cost settlement based on the number
of full time full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the cost report. Effective April 1, 2012, payment for direct GME
for interns and residents for Type One hospitals shall be 100% of allowable
costs.
7. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-291, payments for indirect
medical education costs shall be made quarterly on a prospective basis.
8. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-301, payments to hospitals that
qualify as disproportionate share hospitals shall be made quarterly on a
prospective basis.
C. The terms used in this article shall be defined as
provided in this subsection:
"AP-DRG" means all patient diagnosis related
groups.
"APR-DRG" means all patient refined diagnosis
related groups.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the DRG relative weights, the hospital case-mix
indices, the base year standardized operating costs per case, and the base year
standardized operating costs per day. The base year will change when the DRG payment
system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings, the Commonwealth
shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Base year standardized costs per case" means the
statewide average hospital costs per discharge for DRG cases in the base year.
The standardization process removes the effects of case-mix and regional
variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis.
"Base year standardized
costs per day" means the statewide average hospital costs per day for per
diem cases in the base year. The standardization process removes the effects of
regional variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis. Base year standardized costs per day were calculated
separately, but using the same calculation methodology, for the different types
of per diem cases identified in this subsection under the definition of
"per diem cases."
"Cost" means allowable cost as defined in
Supplement 3 (12VAC30-70-10 through 12VAC30-70-130) and by Medicare principles
of reimbursement.
"Disproportionate share
hospital" means a hospital that meets the following criteria:
1. A Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate in excess of 14%, or a low-income patient utilization rate
exceeding 25% (as defined in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 and
as amended by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988); and
2. At least two obstetricians
with staff privileges at the hospital who have agreed to provide obstetric
services to individuals entitled to such services under a state Medicaid plan.
In the case of a hospital located in a rural area (that is, an area outside of
a Metropolitan Statistical Area as defined by the Executive Office of
Management and Budget), the term "obstetrician" includes any
physician with staff privileges at the hospital to perform nonemergency
obstetric procedures.
3. Subdivision 2 of this
definition does not apply to a hospital:
a. At which the inpatients are
predominantly individuals under 18 years of age; or
b. Which does not offer
nonemergency obstetric services as of December 21, 1987.
"DRG" means diagnosis related groups.
"DRG cases" means medical/surgical medical
or surgical cases subject to payment on the basis of DRGs. DRG cases do not
include per diem cases.
"DRG relative weight" means the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to that DRG divided by the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to all DRGs.
"Groupable cases"
means DRG cases having coding data of sufficient quality to support DRG
assignment.
"Hospital case-mix
index" means the weighted average DRG relative weight for all cases
occurring at that hospital.
"Medicaid utilization percentage" or "Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate" is equal to the hospital's total Medicaid
inpatient days divided by the hospital's total inpatient days for a given
hospital fiscal year. The Medicaid utilization percentage or Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate includes days associated with inpatient hospital services provided
to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated managed care providers. This
definition includes all paid Medicaid days and nonpaid/denied nonpaid
or denied Medicaid days to include medically unnecessary days,
inappropriate level of care service days, and days that exceed any maximum day
limits (with appropriate documentation). The definition of Medicaid days does
not include any general assistance, Family Access to Medical Insurance Security
(FAMIS), State and Local Hospitalization (SLH), charity care, low-income care,
indigent care, uncompensated care, bad debt, or Medicare dually eligible days.
It does not include days for newborns not enrolled in Medicaid during the
fiscal year even though the mother was Medicaid eligible during the
birth. Effective July 1, 2014, the definition for Medicaid utilization
percentage or Medicaid inpatient utilization rate is defined in 12VAC30-70-301
C.
"Medicare wage index" and the "Medicare
geographic adjustment factor" are published annually in the Federal
Register by the Health Care Financing Administration. The indices and factors
used in this article shall be those in effect in the base year.
"Operating cost-to-charge ratio" equals the
hospital's total operating costs, less any applicable operating costs for a
psychiatric distinct part unit (DPU), divided by the hospital's total charges,
less any applicable charges for a psychiatric DPU. The operating
cost-to-charge ratio costs shall be calculated using data from
cost reports from hospital fiscal years by multiplying the per diems and
ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each hospital's cost ending in the
state fiscal year used as the base year to the corresponding days and
ancillary charges by revenue code for each hospital's groupable cases.
"Outlier adjustment factor" means a fixed factor
published annually in the Federal Register by the Health Care Financing
Administration. The factor used in this article shall be the one in effect in
the base year.
"Outlier cases" means those DRG cases, including
transfer cases, in which the hospital's adjusted operating cost for the case
exceeds the hospital's operating outlier threshold for the case.
"Outlier operating fixed loss threshold" means a
fixed dollar amount applicable to all hospitals that shall be calculated in the
base year so as to result in an expenditure for outliers operating payments
equal to 5.1% of total operating payments for DRG cases. The threshold shall be
updated in subsequent years using the same inflation values applied to hospital
rates.
"Per diem cases" means cases subject to per diem
payment and includes (i) covered psychiatric cases in general acute care
hospitals and distinct part units (DPUs) of general acute care hospitals
(hereinafter "acute care psychiatric cases"), (ii) covered
psychiatric cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals
(hereinafter "freestanding psychiatric cases"), and (iii)
rehabilitation cases in general acute care hospitals and rehabilitation
hospitals (hereinafter "rehabilitation cases").
"Psychiatric cases" means cases with a principal
diagnosis that is a mental disorder as specified in the ICD, as defined in
12VAC30-95-5. Not all mental disorders are covered. For coverage information,
see Amount, Duration, and Scope of Services, Supplement 1 to Attachment 3.1 A
& B (12VAC30-50-95 through 12VAC30-50-310). The limit of coverage of 21
days in a 60-day period for the same or similar diagnosis shall continue to
apply to adult psychiatric cases.
"Psychiatric operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
the psychiatric DPU of a general acute care hospital means the hospital's
operating costs for a psychiatric DPU divided by the hospital's charges for a
psychiatric DPU. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as described
in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in this
subsection, using data from psychiatric DPUs.
"Readmissions" means when patients are readmitted
to the same hospital for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
discharge. Such cases shall be considered a continuation of the same stay and
shall not be treated as new cases. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD
diagnosis codes possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Rehabilitation operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
a rehabilitation unit or hospital means the provider's operating costs divided
by the provider's charges. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as
described in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in
this subsection, using data from rehabilitation units or hospitals.
"Statewide average labor portion of operating
costs" means a fixed percentage applicable to all hospitals. The
percentage shall be periodically revised using the most recent reliable data
from the Virginia Health Information (VHI), or its successor.
"Transfer cases" means DRG cases involving patients
(i) who are transferred from one general acute care hospital to another for
related care or (ii) who are discharged from one general acute care hospital
and admitted to another for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
that discharge. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD diagnosis codes
possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term "ICD"
is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Type One hospitals" means those hospitals that
were state-owned teaching hospitals on January 1, 1996.
"Type Two hospitals" means all other hospitals.
"Uncompensated care costs" or "UCC" means
unreimbursed costs incurred by hospitals from serving self-pay, charity, or
Medicaid patients without regard to disproportionate share adjustment payments.
"Ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 469
(principal diagnosis invalid as discharge diagnosis) and DRG 470 (ungroupable)
as determined by the AP-DRG Grouper. Effective October 1, 2014,
"ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 955 (ungroupable) and
DRG 956 (ungroupable) as determined by the APR-DRG grouper.
D. The all patient diagnosis related groups (AP-DRG) grouper
shall be used in the DRG payment system. Effective October 1, 2014, DMAS shall
replace the AP-DRG grouper with the all patient refined diagnosis related
groups (APR-DRG) grouper for hospital inpatient reimbursement. The APR-DRG
grouper will produce a DRG as well as a severity level ranging from 1 to 4.
DMAS shall phase in the APR-DRG weights by blending in 50% of the full APR-DRG
weights with 50% of fiscal year (FY) 2014 AP-DRG weights for each APR-DRG group
and severity level in the first year. In the second year, the blend will be 75%
of full APR-DRG weights and 25% of the FY 2014 AP-DRG weights. Full APR-DRG
weights shall be used in the third year and succeeding years for each APR-DRG
group and severity. DMAS shall notify hospitals when updating the system to
later grouper versions.
E. The primary data sources used in the development of the
DRG payment methodology were the department's hospital computerized claims
history file and the cost report file. The claims history file captures
available claims data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care
hospitals, including Type One hospitals. The cost report file captures audited
cost and charge data from all enrolled general acute care hospitals, including
Type One hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that were
used to develop the DRG payment methodology and that will be used when the
system is recalibrated and rebased.
Data Elements for DRG Payment
Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each
groupable case
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable cases in
each DRG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable
cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each DRG
case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of DRG cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each acute
care psychiatric case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of acute care
psychiatric days for each acute care hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each
freestanding psychiatric case
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total number of psychiatric
days for each freestanding psychiatric hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total charges for each
rehabilitation case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of rehabilitation
days for each acute care and freestanding rehabilitation hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each freestanding psychiatric facility licensed as a hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Psychiatric operating
cost-to-charge ratio for the psychiatric DPU of each general acute care
hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Rehabilitation cost-to-charge
ratio for each rehabilitation unit or hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Statewide average labor
portion of operating costs
|
VHI
|
Medicare wage index for each
hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Medicare geographic adjustment
factor for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Outlier operating fixed loss
threshold
|
Claims history file
|
Outlier adjustment factor
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-70-281. Payment for direct medical education costs of
nursing schools, paramedical programs, and graduate medical education for
interns and residents.
A. Direct medical education costs of nursing schools and
paramedical programs shall continue to be paid on an allowable cost basis.
1. Payments for these direct medical education costs shall be
made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's
fiscal year end.
2. Final payment for these direct medical education (DMedEd)
costs shall be the sum of the fee-for-service DMedEd payment and the managed
care DMedEd payment. Fee-for-service DMedEd payment is the ratio of Medicaid
inpatient costs to total allowable costs, times total DMedEd costs. Managed
care DMedEd payment is equal to the managed care days times the ratio of
fee-for-service DMedEd payments to fee-for-service days.
B. Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or
after July 1, 2002, direct graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns
and residents shall be reimbursed on a per-resident prospective basis, subject
to cost settlement as outlined in this subsection except that on or after April
1, 2012, payment for direct GME for interns and residents for Type One
hospitals shall be 100% of allowable costs as outlined in subsection C of this
section.
1. The methodology provides for the determination of a
hospital-specific base period per-resident amount to initially be calculated
from cost reports with fiscal years ending in state fiscal year 1998 or as may
be rebased in the future and provided to the public in an agency guidance
document. The per resident per-resident amount for new qualifying
facilities shall be calculated from the most recently settled cost report. This
per-resident amount shall be calculated by dividing a hospital's Medicaid
allowable direct GME costs for the base period by its number of interns and
residents in the base period yielding the base amount.
2. The base amount shall be updated annually by the moving
average values in the Virginia-Specific Hospital Input Price Index as described
in 12VAC30-70-351. The updated per-resident base amount will then be multiplied
by the weighted number of full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the annual cost report to determine the total Medicaid direct GME
amount allowable for each year. Payments for direct GME costs shall be made in
estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's fiscal year
end based on the actual number of FTEs reported in the cost reporting period.
The total Medicaid direct GME allowable amount shall be allocated to inpatient
and outpatient services based on Medicaid's share of costs under each part.
C. Effective April 1, 2012, Type One hospitals shall be
reimbursed 100% of Medicaid allowable fee-for-service (FFS) and managed care
organization (MCO) GME costs for interns and residents.
1. Type One hospitals shall submit annually separate FFS and
MCO GME cost schedules, approved by the agency, using GME per diems and GME
ratios of cost to charges (RCCs) from the Medicare and Medicaid cost reports
and FFS and MCO days and charges. Type One hospitals shall provide information
on managed care days and charges in a format similar to FFS.
2. Interim lump sum GME payments for interns and residents
shall be made quarterly based on the total cost from the most recently audited
cost report divided by four and will be final settled in the audited cost
report for the fiscal year end in which the payments are made.
D. Direct medical education shall not be a reimbursable cost
in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals.
E. Effective July 1, 2017, the Department of Medical
Assistance Services (DMAS) shall make supplemental payments to the following
hospitals for the specified number of primary care residencies: Sentara Norfolk
General (two residencies), Carilion Medical Center (six residencies), Centra
Lynchburg General Hospital (one residency), Riverside Regional Medical Center
(two residencies), and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center (two
residencies). DMAS shall make supplemental payments to Carilion Medical Center
for two psychiatric residencies. The supplemental payment for each residency
shall be $100,000 annually minus any Medicare residency payment for which the
hospital is eligible. Supplemental payments shall be made for up to four years
for each new qualifying resident. A hospital will be eligible for the
supplemental payments as long as the hospital maintains the number of residency
slots in total and by category. Payments shall be made quarterly following the
same schedule for other medical education payments. Subsequent to the new award
of a supplemental payment, the hospital must provide documentation annually by
August 1, 2017, that it continues to meet the criteria for the supplemental
payments and must report any changes during the year to the number of
residents.
12VAC30-70-291. Payment for indirect medical education costs.
A. Hospitals shall be eligible to receive payments for
indirect medical education (IME). Out-of-state cost reporting hospitals are
eligible for this payment only if they have Virginia Medicaid utilization in
the base year of at least 12% of total Medicaid days. These payments recognize
the increased use of ancillary services associated with the educational process
and the higher case-mix intensity of teaching hospitals. The payments for
indirect medical education shall be made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts
and settled at the hospital's fiscal year end.
B. Final payment for IME shall be determined as follows:
1. Type One hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (this formula also applies to Children's Hospital of
the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2013):
IME Percentage for Type One Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X (IME Factor)
An IME factor shall be calculated for each Type One hospital
and shall equal a factor that, when used in the calculation of the IME
percentage, shall cause the resulting IME payments to equal what the IME
payments would be with an IME factor of one, plus an amount equal to the
difference between operating payments using the adjustment factor specified in
subdivision B 1 of 12VAC30-70-331 and operating payments using an adjustment
factor of one in place of the adjustment factor specified in subdivision B 1 of
12VAC30-70-331.
2. Type Two hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (excluding Children's Hospital of the King's
Daughters):
IME Percentage for Type Two Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X 0.5695
In both equations, r is the ratio of full-time equivalent
residents to staffed beds, excluding nursery beds. The IME payment shall be
calculated each year using the most recent reliable data regarding the number
of full-time equivalent residents and the number of staffed beds, excluding
nursery beds.
C. An additional IME payment shall be made for inpatient
hospital services provided to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated
managed care providers.
1. For Type Two hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section.
2. For Type One hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital-specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section. Effective April
1, 2012, the operating rate per case used in the formula shall be revised to
reflect an adjustment factor of one and case-mix adjusted by multiplying the
operating rate per case in this subsection by the weight per case for FFS
discharges that is determined during rebasing. This formula applies to
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2017.
D. An additional IME payment not to exceed $200,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU utilization in excess of 50% as
reported to the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2004.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2004.
E. An additional IME payment not to exceed $500,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU days in excess of 4,500 as reported to
the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2005, that do not
otherwise receive an additional IME payment under subsection D of this section.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2003.
F. Effective July 1, 2013, DMAS shall calculate an IME factor
for Virginia freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
utilization in 2009. Total total payments for IME in combination
with other payments for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 shall not exceed the federal uncompensated care
cost limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject. Effective
July 1, 2017, IME payments cannot exceed the federal uncompensated care cost
limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject, excluding
third-party reimbursement for Medicaid eligible patients.
12VAC30-70-351. Updating rates for inflation.
A. Each July, the Virginia moving average values as compiled
and published by Global Insight (or its successor), under contract with the
department shall be used to update the base year standardized operating costs
per case, as determined in 12VAC30-70-361, and the base year standardized
operating costs per day, as determined in 12VAC30-70-371, to the midpoint of
the upcoming state fiscal year. The most current table available prior to the
effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year amounts to
the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or its
successor), in the moving averages that were used to update rates for previous
state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving averages
that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal year.
B. The inflation adjustment for hospital operating rates, disproportionate
share hospitals (DSH) payments, and graduate medical education payments shall
be 0.0% eliminated for fiscal year (FY) 2010. The elimination of
the inflation adjustments shall not be applicable to rebasing in FY 2011.
C. In FY 2011, hospital operating rates shall be rebased;
however the 2008 base year costs shall only be increased 2.58% for inflation.
For FY 2011 there shall be no inflation adjustment for graduate medical
education (GME) or freestanding psychiatric facility rates. The inflation
adjustment shall be eliminated for hospital operating rates, GME payments, and
freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY 2012. The inflation adjustment
shall be 2.6% for inpatient hospitals, including hospital operating rates, GME
payments, DSH payments, and freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY
2013, and 0.0% for the same facilities for FY 2014, FY 2015, and FY 2016. For
FY 2017, the inflation adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME,
DSH, and freestanding psychiatric hospitals shall be 50% of the adjustment
calculated in subsection A of this section. In FY 2018, the inflation
adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME, DSH, and freestanding
psychiatric hospitals shall be eliminated for inpatient hospitals.
12VAC30-70-381. DRG relative weights and hospital case-mix
indices.
A. For the purposes of calculating DRG relative weights and
hospital case-mix indices, base year claims data for all groupable cases shall
be used. Base year claims data for ungroupable cases and per diem cases shall
not be used. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a transfer case shall be
counted as a fraction of a case based on the ratio of its length of stay to the
arithmetic mean length of stay for cases assigned to the same DRG as the transfer
case.
B. Using the data elements identified in subsection E of
12VAC30-70-221, the following methodology shall be used to calculate the DRG
relative weights:
1. The operating costs for each groupable case shall be
calculated by multiplying the hospital's total charges for the case by the
hospital's operating cost-to-charge ratio, as defined in subsection C of
12VAC30-70-221 per diems and ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each
hospital's cost report ending in the state fiscal year used as the base year to
the corresponding days and ancillary charges by revenue code for each
hospital's groupable cases.
2. The standardized operating costs for each groupable case
shall be calculated as follows:
a. The operating costs shall be multiplied by the statewide
average labor portion of operating costs, yielding the labor portion of
operating costs. Hence, the nonlabor portion of operating costs shall
constitute one minus the statewide average labor portion of operating costs
times the operating costs.
b. The labor portion of operating costs shall be divided by
the hospital's Medicare wage index, yielding the standardized labor portion of
operating costs.
c. The standardized labor portion of operating costs shall be
added to the nonlabor portion of operating costs, yielding the standardized
operating costs.
3. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases in the DRG
by the number of groupable cases classified in the DRG.
4. The average standardized cost per case shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases by the
total number of groupable cases.
5. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be divided by
the average standardized cost per case to determine the DRG relative weight.
C. Statistical outliers shall be eliminated from the
calculation of the DRG relative weights. Within each DRG, cases shall be
eliminated if (i) their standardized costs per case are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
case and (ii) their standardized costs per day are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
day. To eliminate a case, both conditions must be satisfied.
D. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a threshold of
five cases shall be set as the minimum number of cases required to calculate a
reasonable DRG relative weight. In those instances where there are five or
fewer cases, the department's Medicaid claims data shall be supplemented with
Medicaid claims data from another state or other available sources. The DRG
relative weights calculated according to this methodology will result in an
average case weight that is different from the average case weight before the
supplemental claims data was added. Therefore, the DRG relative weights shall
be normalized by an adjustment factor so that the average case weight after the
supplemental claims data were added is equal to the average case weight before
the supplemental claims data were added.
E. The DRG relative weights shall be used to calculate a
case-mix index for each hospital. The case-mix index for a hospital is
calculated by summing, across all DRGs, the product of the number of groupable
cases in each DRG and the relative weight for each DRG and dividing this amount
by the total number of groupable cases occurring at the hospital.
12VAC30-80-30. Fee-for-service providers.
A. Payment for the following services, except for physician
services, shall be the lower of the state agency fee schedule (12VAC30-80-190
has information about the state agency fee schedule) or actual charge (charge
to the general public):
1. Physicians' services. Payment for physician services shall
be the lower of the state agency fee schedule or actual charge (charge to the
general public). The following limitations shall apply to emergency
physician services.
a. Definitions. The following words and terms, when used in
this subdivision 1 shall have the following meanings when applied to emergency
services unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
"All-inclusive" means all emergency service and
ancillary service charges claimed in association with the emergency department
visit, with the exception of laboratory services.
"DMAS" means the Department of Medical Assistance
Services consistent with Chapter 10 (§ 32.1-323 et seq.) of Title 32.1 of
the Code of Virginia.
"Emergency physician services" means services
that are necessary to prevent the death or serious impairment of the health of
the recipient. The threat to the life or health of the recipient necessitates
the use of the most accessible hospital available that is equipped to furnish
the services.
"Recent injury" means an injury that has occurred
less than 72 hours prior to the emergency department visit.
b. Scope. DMAS shall differentiate, as determined by the
attending physician's diagnosis, the kinds of care routinely rendered in
emergency departments and reimburse physicians for nonemergency care rendered
in emergency departments at a reduced rate.
(1) DMAS shall reimburse at a reduced and all-inclusive
reimbursement rate for all physician services rendered in emergency departments
that DMAS determines are nonemergency care.
(2) Services determined by the attending physician to be
emergencies shall be reimbursed under the existing methodologies and at the
existing rates.
(3) Services determined by the attending physician that may
be emergencies shall be manually reviewed. If such services meet certain
criteria, they shall be paid under the methodology in subdivision 1 b (2) of
this subsection. Services not meeting certain criteria shall be paid under the
methodology in subdivision 1 b (1) of this subsection. Such criteria shall
include, but not be limited to:
(a) The initial treatment following a recent obvious
injury.
(b) Treatment related to an injury sustained more than 72
hours prior to the visit with the deterioration of the symptoms to the point of
requiring medical treatment for stabilization.
(c) The initial treatment for medical emergencies including
indications of severe chest pain, dyspnea, gastrointestinal hemorrhage,
spontaneous abortion, loss of consciousness, status epilepticus, or other
conditions considered life threatening.
(d) A visit in which the recipient's condition requires
immediate hospital admission or the transfer to another facility for further
treatment or a visit in which the recipient dies.
(e) Services provided for acute vital sign changes as
specified in the provider manual.
(f) Services provided for severe pain when combined with
one or more of the other guidelines.
(4) Payment shall be determined based on ICD diagnosis
codes and necessary supporting documentation. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
(5) DMAS shall review on an ongoing basis the effectiveness
of this program in achieving its objectives and for its effect on recipients,
physicians, and hospitals. Program components may be revised subject to
achieving program intent objectives, the accuracy and effectiveness of the ICD
code designations, and the impact on recipients and providers. As used here,
the term "ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
2. Dentists' services.
3. Mental health services including: (i) community mental
health services, (ii) services of a licensed clinical psychologist, (iii)
mental health services provided by a physician, or (iv) peer support services.
a. Services provided by licensed clinical psychologists shall
be reimbursed at 90% of the reimbursement rate for psychiatrists.
b. Services provided by independently enrolled licensed
clinical social workers, licensed professional counselors or licensed clinical
nurse specialists-psychiatric shall be reimbursed at 75% of the reimbursement
rate for licensed clinical psychologists.
4. Podiatry.
5. Nurse-midwife services.
6. Durable medical equipment (DME) and supplies.
Definitions. The following words and terms when used in this
section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:
"DMERC" means the Durable Medical Equipment Regional
Carrier rate as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services at http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/DMEPOSFeeSched/DMEPOS-Fee-Schedule.html.
"HCPCS" means the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding
System, Medicare's National Level II Codes, HCPCS 2006 (Eighteenth edition), as
published by Ingenix, as may be periodically updated.
a. Obtaining prior authorization shall not guarantee Medicaid
reimbursement for DME.
b. The following shall be the reimbursement method used for
DME services:
(1) If the DME item has a DMERC rate, the reimbursement rate
shall be the DMERC rate minus 10%. For dates of service on or after July 1,
2014, DME items subject to the Medicare competitive bidding program shall be
reimbursed the lower of:
(a) The current DMERC rate minus 10% or
(b) The average of the Medicare competitive bid rates in
Virginia markets.
(2) For DME items with no DMERC rate, the agency shall use the
agency fee schedule amount. The reimbursement rates for DME and supplies shall
be listed in the DMAS Medicaid Durable Medical Equipment (DME) and Supplies
Listing and updated periodically. The agency fee schedule shall be available on
the agency website at www.dmas.virginia.gov.
(3) If a DME item has no DMERC rate or agency fee schedule
rate, the reimbursement rate shall be the manufacturer's net charge to the
provider, less shipping and handling, plus 30%. The manufacturer's net charge
to the provider shall be the cost to the provider minus all available discounts
to the provider. Additional information specific to how DME providers,
including manufacturers who are enrolled as providers, establish and document
their cost or costs for DME codes that do not have established rates can be
found in the relevant agency guidance document.
c. DMAS shall have the authority to amend the agency fee
schedule as it deems appropriate and with notice to providers. DMAS shall have
the authority to determine alternate pricing, based on agency research, for any
code that does not have a rate.
d. The reimbursement for incontinence supplies shall be by
selective contract. Pursuant to § 1915(a)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act
and 42 CFR 431.54(d), the Commonwealth assures that adequate services/devices
services or devices shall be available under such arrangements.
e. Certain durable medical equipment used for intravenous
therapy and oxygen therapy shall be bundled under specified procedure codes and
reimbursed as determined by the agency. Certain services/durable services
or durable medical equipment such as service maintenance agreements shall
be bundled under specified procedure codes and reimbursed as determined by the
agency.
(1) Intravenous therapies. The DME for a single therapy,
administered in one day, shall be reimbursed at the established service day
rate for the bundled durable medical equipment and the standard pharmacy
payment, consistent with the ingredient cost as described in 12VAC30-80-40,
plus the pharmacy service day and dispensing fee. Multiple applications of the
same therapy shall be included in one service day rate of reimbursement.
Multiple applications of different therapies administered in one day shall be
reimbursed for the bundled durable medical equipment service day rate as
follows: the most expensive therapy shall be reimbursed at 100% of cost; the
second and all subsequent most expensive therapies shall be reimbursed at 50%
of cost. Multiple therapies administered in one day shall be reimbursed at the
pharmacy service day rate plus 100% of every active therapeutic ingredient in
the compound (at the lowest ingredient cost methodology) plus the appropriate
pharmacy dispensing fee.
(2) Respiratory therapies. The DME for oxygen therapy shall
have supplies or components bundled under a service day rate based on oxygen
liter flow rate or blood gas levels. Equipment associated with respiratory
therapy may have ancillary components bundled with the main component for
reimbursement. The reimbursement shall be a service day per diem rate for
rental of equipment or a total amount of purchase for the purchase of
equipment. Such respiratory equipment shall include, but not be limited to,
oxygen tanks and tubing, ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction
machines. Ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction machines may be
purchased based on the individual patient's medical necessity and length of
need.
(3) Service maintenance agreements. Provision shall be made
for a combination of services, routine maintenance, and supplies, to be known
as agreements, under a single reimbursement code only for equipment that is
recipient owned. Such bundled agreements shall be reimbursed either monthly or
in units per year based on the individual agreement between the DME provider
and DMAS. Such bundled agreements may apply to, but not necessarily be limited
to, either respiratory equipment or apnea monitors.
7. Local health services.
8. Laboratory services (other than inpatient hospital). The
agency's rates for clinical laboratory services were set as of July 1, 2014,
and are effective for services on or after that date.
9. Payments to physicians who handle laboratory specimens, but
do not perform laboratory analysis (limited to payment for handling).
10. X-ray services.
11. Optometry services.
12. Medical supplies and equipment Reserved.
13. Home health services. Effective June 30, 1991, cost
reimbursement for home health services is eliminated. A rate per visit by
discipline shall be established as set forth by 12VAC30-80-180.
14. Physical therapy; occupational therapy; and speech,
hearing, language disorders services when rendered to noninstitutionalized
recipients.
15. Clinic services, as defined under 42 CFR 440.90, except
for services in ambulatory surgery clinics reimbursed under 12VAC30-80-35.
16. Supplemental payments for services provided by Type I
physicians.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Type I physicians for furnished services provided on or after July
2, 2002. A Type I physician is a member of a practice group organized by or
under the control of a state academic health system or an academic health
system that operates under a state authority and includes a hospital, who has
entered into contractual agreements for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 2, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for
Type I physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for Type I physician services and Medicare rates. Effective
August 13, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services
shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for
physician services and 143% of Medicare rates. Effective January 3, 2012, the
supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services shall be the
difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services
and 181% of Medicare rates. Effective January 1, 2013, the supplemental payment
amount for Type I physician services shall be the difference between the
Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 197% of Medicare
rates. Effective April 8, 2014, the supplemental payment amount for Type I
physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for physician services and 201% of Medicare rates.
c. The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of
the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
d. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later than
90 days after the end of the quarter.
e. Payment will not be made to the extent that the payment
would duplicate payments based on physician costs covered by the supplemental
payments.
17. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
at Virginia freestanding children's hospitals.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Virginia freestanding children's hospital physicians providing
services at freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
inpatient utilization in state fiscal year 2009 for furnished services provided
on or after July 1, 2011. A freestanding children's hospital physician is a
member of a practice group (i) organized by or under control of a qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital, or (ii) who has entered into
contractual agreements for provision of physician services at the qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital and that is designated in writing by
the Virginia freestanding children's hospital as a practice plan for the quarter
for which the supplemental payment is made subject to DMAS approval. The
freestanding children's hospital physicians also must have entered into
contractual agreements with the practice plan for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 1, 2011, the supplemental payment amount for
freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 143% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation described in the Medicare equivalent of the
average commercial rate methodology (see 12VAC30-80-300), subject to the
following reduction. Final payments shall be reduced on a prorated basis so
that total payments for freestanding children's hospital physician services are
$400,000 less annually than would be calculated based on the formula in the
previous sentence. Effective July 1, 2015, the supplemental payment amount
for freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 178% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation for Type I physician services. Payments
shall be made quarterly no later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of the average
commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300 on the same schedule as
Type I physicians.
18. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in the State Plan this chapter, the Department of
Medical Assistance Services provides supplemental payments to physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center for furnished services provided on or after October
1, 2012. A physician affiliated with a publicly funded medical school Eastern
Virginia Medical Center is a physician who is employed by a publicly funded
medical school that is a political subdivision of the Commonwealth of Virginia,
who provides clinical services through the faculty practice plan affiliated
with the publicly funded medical school, and who has entered into contractual agreements
arrangements for the assignment of payments in accordance with 42 CFR
447.10.
b. Effective October 1, 2012 2015, the
supplemental payment amount for services furnished by physicians affiliated
with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 135%
137% of Medicare rates. The methodology for determining the Medicare
equivalent of the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly, no
later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
19. Supplemental payments for services provided by
physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this chapter, DMAS shall make supplemental payments for physicians
employed at a freestanding children's hospital serving children in Planning
District 8 with more than 50% Medicaid inpatient utilization in fiscal year
2014. This applies to physician practices affiliated with Children's National
Health System.
b. The supplemental payment amount for qualifying physician
services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made
and 178% of Medicare rates but no more than $551,000 for all qualifying
physicians. The methodology for determining allowable percent of Medicare rates
is based on the Medicare equivalent of the average commercial rate described in
this chapter.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later
than 90 days after the end of the quarter. Any quarterly payment that would
have been due prior to the approval date shall be made no later than 90 days
after the approval date.
19. 20. Supplemental payments to nonstate
government-owned or operated clinics.
a. In addition to payments for clinic services specified
elsewhere in the regulations, DMAS provides supplemental payments to qualifying
nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics for outpatient
services provided to Medicaid patients on or after July 2, 2002. Clinic means a
facility that is not part of a hospital but is organized and operated to
provide medical care to outpatients. Outpatient services include those
furnished by or under the direction of a physician, dentist or other medical
professional acting within the scope of his license to an eligible individual.
Effective July 1, 2005, a qualifying clinic is a clinic operated by a community
services board. The state share for supplemental clinic payments will be funded
by general fund appropriations.
b. The amount of the supplemental payment made to each
qualifying nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinic is
determined by:
(1) Calculating for each clinic the annual difference between
the upper payment limit attributed to each clinic according to subdivision 19
20 d of this subsection and the amount otherwise actually paid for the
services by the Medicaid program;
(2) Dividing the difference determined in subdivision 19
20 b (1) of this subsection for each qualifying clinic by the aggregate
difference for all such qualifying clinics; and
(3) Multiplying the proportion determined in subdivision 19
20 b (2) of this subsection by the aggregate upper payment limit amount
for all such clinics as determined in accordance with 42 CFR 447.321 less all
payments made to such clinics other than under this section.
c. Payments for furnished services made under this section may
will be made in one or more installments at such times, within the
fiscal year or thereafter, as is determined by DMAS annually in a lump
sum during the last quarter of the fiscal year.
d. To determine the aggregate upper payment limit referred to
in subdivision 19 20 b (3) of this subsection, Medicaid payments
to nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics will be divided by
the "additional factor" whose calculation is described in Attachment
4.19-B, Supplement 4 (12VAC30-80-190 B 2) in regard to the state
agency fee schedule for Resource Based Relative Value Scale. Medicaid payments
will be estimated using payments for dates of service from the prior fiscal
year adjusted for expected claim payments. Additional adjustments will be made
for any program changes in Medicare or Medicaid payments.
20. 21. Personal assistance services (PAS) for
individuals enrolled in the Medicaid Buy-In program described in
12VAC30-60-200. These services are reimbursed in accordance with the state
agency fee schedule described in 12VAC30-80-190. The state agency fee schedule
is published on the DMAS website at http://www.dmas.virginia.gov.
B. Hospice services payments must be no lower than the
amounts using the same methodology used under Part A of Title XVIII, and take
into account the room and board furnished by the facility, equal to at least
95% of the rate that would have been paid by the state under the plan for
facility services in that facility for that individual. Hospice services shall
be paid according to the location of the service delivery and not the location
of the agency's home office.
12VAC30-80-36. Fee-for-service providers: outpatient hospitals.
A. Definitions. The following words and terms when used in
this section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise:
"Enhanced ambulatory patient group" or
"EAPG" means a defined group of outpatient procedures, encounters, or
ancillary services that incorporates International Classification of Diseases
(ICD) diagnosis codes, Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes, and
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) codes.
"EAPG relative weight" means the expected average
costs for each EAPG divided by the relative expected average costs for visits
assigned to all EAPGs.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the EAPG base rate. The base year will change when
the EAPG payment system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings,
DMAS shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Cost" means the reported cost as described in
12VAC30-80-20 A and B.
"Cost-to-charge ratio" equals the hospital's total
costs divided by the hospital's total charges. The cost-to-charge ratio shall
be calculated using data from cost reports from hospital fiscal years ending in
the state fiscal year used as the base year.
"Medicare wage index" means the Medicare wage index
published annually in the Federal Register by the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services. The indices used in this section shall be those in effect in
the base year.
B. Effective January 1, 2014, the prospective enhanced
ambulatory patient group (EAPG) based payment system described in this
subsection shall apply to reimbursement for outpatient hospital services (with
the exception of laboratory services referred to the hospital but not
associated with an outpatient hospital visit, which will be reimbursed
according to the laboratory fee schedule).
1. The payments for outpatient hospital visits shall be
determined on the basis of a hospital-specific base rate per visit multiplied
by the relative weight of the EAPG (and the payment action) assigned for each
of the services performed during a hospital visit.
2. The EAPG relative weights shall be the weights determined
and published periodically by DMAS and shall be consistent with applicable
Medicaid reimbursement limits and policies. The weights shall be updated at
least every three years.
3. The statewide base rate shall be equal to the total costs
described in this subdivision divided by the wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG
weights for each facility. The wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG weights shall
equal the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied by the labor percentage times
the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied
by the nonlabor percentage. The base rate shall be determined for outpatient
hospital services at least every three years so that total expenditures will
equal the following:
a. When using base years prior to January 1, 2014, for all
services, excluding all laboratory services and emergency services described in
subdivision 3 c of this subsection, a percentage of costs as reported in the
available cost reports for the base period for each type of hospital as defined
in 12VAC30-70-221.
(1) Type One hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating reimbursement shall be calculated at 90.2% of cost, and
capital reimbursement shall be at 86% of cost inflated to the rate year.
(2) Type Two hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating and capital reimbursement shall be calculated at 76% of
cost inflated to the rate year.
When using base years after January 1, 2014, the percentages
described in subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted according to
subdivision 3 c of this subsection.
b. Laboratory services, excluding laboratory services referred
to the hospital but not associated with a hospital visit, are calculated at the
fee schedule in effect for the rate year.
c. Services rendered in emergency departments determined to be
nonemergencies as prescribed in 12VAC30-80-20 D 1 b shall be calculated at the
nonemergency reduced rate reported in the base year for base years prior to
January 1, 2014. For base years after January 1, 2014, the cost percentages in
subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted to reflect services paid
at the nonemergency reduced rate in the last year prior to January 1, 2014.
4. Inflation adjustment to base year costs. Each July, the
Virginia moving average values as compiled and published by Global Insight (or
its successor), under contract with DMAS, shall be used to update the base year
costs to the midpoint of the rate year. The most current table available prior
to the effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year
amounts to the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or
its successor) in the moving averages that were used to update rates for
previous state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving
averages that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal
year. Inflation shall be applied to the costs identified in subdivision 3 a of
this subsection. The inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 shall
be 50% of the full inflation adjustment calculated according to this section.
There shall be no inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2018.
5. Hospital-specific base rate. The hospital-specific base
rate per case shall be adjusted for geographic variation. The hospital-specific
base rate shall be equal to the labor portion of the statewide base rate
multiplied by the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the nonlabor percentage
of the statewide base rate. The labor percentage shall be determined at each
rebasing based on the most recently reliable data. For rural hospitals, the
hospital's Medicare wage index used to calculate the base rate shall be the
Medicare wage index of the nearest metropolitan wage area or the effective
Medicare wage index, whichever is higher. A base rate differential of 5.0%
shall be established for freestanding Type Two children's hospitals. The base
rate for non-cost-reporting hospitals shall be the average of the
hospital-specific base rates of in-state Type Two hospitals.
6. The total payment shall represent the total allowable
amount for a visit including ancillary services and capital.
7. The transition from cost-based reimbursement to EAPG
reimbursement shall be transitioned over a four-year period. DMAS shall
calculate a cost-based base rate at January 1, 2014, and at each rebasing
during the transition.
a. Effective for dates of service on or after January 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 75% of the
cost-based base rate and 25% of the EAPG base rate.
b. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 50% of the
cost-based base rate and 50% of the EAPG base rate.
c. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2015,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 25% of the
cost-based base rate and 75% of the EAPG base rate.
d. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2016,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the EAPG base rate.
8. To maintain budget neutrality during the first six years of
the transition to EAPG reimbursement, DMAS shall compare the total
reimbursement of hospital claims based on the parameters in subdivision 3 of
this subsection to EAPG reimbursement every six months based on the six months
of claims ending three months prior to the potential adjustment. If the
percentage difference between the reimbursement target in subdivision 3 of this
subsection and EAPG reimbursement is greater than 1.0%, plus or minus, DMAS
shall adjust the statewide base rate by the percentage difference the following
July 1 or January 1. The first possible adjustment would be January 1, 2015,
using reimbursement between January 1, 2014, and October 31, 2014.
C. The enhanced ambulatory patient group (EAPG) grouper
version used for outpatient hospital services shall be determined by DMAS.
Providers or provider representatives shall be given notice prior to
implementing a new grouper.
D. The primary data sources used in the development of the
EAPG payment methodology are the DMAS hospital computerized claims history file
and the cost report file. The claims history file captures available claims
data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care hospitals. The cost
report file captures audited cost and charge data from all enrolled general
acute care hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that are
used to develop the EAPG payment methodology. DMAS may supplement this data
with similar data for Medicaid services furnished by managed care organizations
if DMAS determines that it is reliable.
Data Elements for EAPG Payment Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital visit
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable claims lines in each EAPG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable claim lines
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital revenue line
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of EAPG assignments
|
Claims history file
|
Cost-to-charge ratio for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Medicare wage index for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-80-180. Establishment of rate per visit for home health
services.
A. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1991,
the Department of Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) shall reimburse home
health agencies (HHAs) at a flat rate per visit for each type of service
rendered by HHAs (i.e., nursing, physical therapy, occupational therapy,
speech-language pathology services, and home health aide services.) In
addition, supplies left in the home and extraordinary transportation costs will
be paid at specific rates.
B. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1993,
DMAS shall establish a flat rate for each level of service for HHAs by peer
group. There shall be three peer groups: (i) the Department of Health's HHAs,
(ii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
Virginia portion of the Washington DC-MD-VA metropolitan statistical area, and
(iii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
rest of Virginia. The use of the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA)
designation of urban metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) shall be
incorporated in determining the appropriate peer group for these
classifications.
The Department of Health's agencies are being placed in a
separate peer group due to their unique cost characteristics (only one
consolidated cost report is filed for all Department of Health agencies).
C. Rates shall be calculated as follows:
1. Each home health agency shall be placed in its appropriate
peer group.
2. Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost per visit
(exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from its 1989
cost-settled Medicaid cost report. Non-Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost
per visit (exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from the 1989
cost-settled Medicaid Cost Reports filed by freestanding HHAs. Costs shall be
inflated to a common point in time (June 30, 1991) by using the percent of
change in the moving average factor of the Data Resources Inc., (DRI), National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket (as published
quarterly).
3. To determine the flat rate per visit effective July 1,
1993, the following methodology shall be utilized:
a. The peer group HHAs per visit rates shall be ranked and weighted
by the number of Medicaid visits per discipline to determine a median rate per
visit for each peer group at July 1, 1991.
b. The HHA's peer group median rate per visit for each peer
group at July 1, 1991, shall be the interim peer group rate for calculating the
update through January 1, 1992. The interim peer group rate shall be updated by
100% of historical inflation from July 1, 1991, through December 31, 1992, and
shall become the final interim peer group rate that shall be updated by 50% of the
forecasted inflation to the end of December 31, 1993, to establish the final
peer group rates. The lower of the final peer group rates or the Medicare upper
limit at January 1, 1993, will be effective for payments from July 1, 1993,
through December 1993.
c. Separate rates shall be provided for the initial
assessment, follow-up, and comprehensive visits for skilled nursing and for the
initial assessment and follow-up visits for physical therapy, occupational
therapy, and speech therapy. The comprehensive rate shall be 200% of the
follow-up rate, and the initial assessment rates shall be $15 higher than the
follow-up rates. The lower of the peer group median or Medicare upper limits
shall be adjusted as appropriate to assure budget neutrality when the higher
rates for the comprehensive and initial assessment visits are calculated.
4. The fee schedule shall be adjusted annually beginning July
1, 2010, based on the percent of change in the moving average of the National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket published by Global
Insight (or its successor) for the second quarter of the calendar year in which
the fiscal year begins. The report shall be the latest published report prior
to the fiscal year. The method to calculate the annual update shall be:
a. All subsequent year peer group rates shall be calculated
utilizing the previous final peer group rate established on July 1.
b. The annual July 1 update shall be compared to the Medicare
upper limit per visit in effect on each January 1, and the HHAs shall receive
the lower of the annual update or the Medicare upper limit per visit as the
final peer group rate.
D. Effective July 1, 2009, the previous inflation increase
effective January 1, 2009, shall be reduced by 50%.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there shall
be no inflation adjustment for home health agencies. Effective July 1, 2017,
through June 30, 2018, the annual fee schedule adjustment for inflation shall
be reduced by 50%.
12VAC30-80-200. Prospective reimbursement for rehabilitation
agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities.
A. Rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient
rehabilitation facilities.
1. Effective for dates of service on and after July 1, 2009,
rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities,
excluding those operated by community services boards or state agencies, shall
be reimbursed a prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee
schedule amount or billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a
statewide fee schedule based on CPT Current Procedural Terminology
(CPT) codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
2. Effective for dates of service on and after October 1,
2009, rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation
facilities, excluding those operated by state agencies shall be reimbursed a
prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee schedule amount or
billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a statewide fee schedule
based on CPT codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
B. Reimbursement for rehabilitation agencies subject to the
new fee schedule methodology.
1. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on June
30, 2009, shall be settled for private rehabilitation agencies based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of June 30, 2009.
2. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on
September 30, 2009, shall be settled for community services boards based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of September 30, 2009.
C. Beginning with state fiscal years beginning on or after
July 1, 2010, rates shall be adjusted annually for inflation using the
Virginia-specific nursing home input price index contracted for by the agency.
The agency shall use the percent moving average for the quarter ending at the
midpoint of the rate year from the most recently available index prior to the
beginning of the rate year.
D. Reimbursement for physical therapy, occupational therapy,
and speech-language therapy services shall not be provided for any sums that
the rehabilitation provider collects, or is entitled to collect, from the
nursing facility or any other available source, and provided further, that this
subsection shall in no way diminish any obligation of the nursing facility to
DMAS to provide its residents such services, as set forth in any applicable
provider agreement.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there will
be no inflation adjustment for outpatient rehabilitation facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2018, outpatient rehabilitation facilities will
receive a rate adjustment equal to 50% of inflation as calculated in subsection
C of this section.
12VAC30-90-44. Nursing facility price-based reimbursement
methodology.
A. Effective July 1, 2014, DMAS shall convert nursing
facility operating rates in 12VAC30-90-41 to a price-based methodology. The
department shall calculate prospective operating rates for direct and indirect
costs in the following manner:
1. The department shall calculate the cost per day in the base
year for direct and indirect operating costs for each nursing facility. The
department shall use existing definitions of direct and indirect costs.
2. The initial base year for calculating the cost per day
shall be cost reports ending in calendar year 2011. The department shall rebase
prices in fiscal year 2018 and every three years thereafter using the most
recent, reliable calendar year cost-settled cost reports for freestanding
nursing facilities that have been completed as of September 1. No adjustments
will be made to the base year data for purposes of rate setting after that
date.
3. Each nursing facility's direct cost per day shall be
neutralized by dividing the direct cost per day by the raw Medicaid facility
case-mix that corresponds to the base year by facility.
4. Costs per day shall be inflated to the midpoint of the
fiscal year rate period using the moving average Virginia Nursing Home
inflation index for the fourth quarter of each year (the midpoint of the fiscal
year). Costs in the 2011 base year shall be inflated from the midpoint of the
cost report year to the midpoint of fiscal year 2012 by prorating fiscal year
2012 inflation and annual inflation after that. Annual inflation adjustments
shall be based on the last available report prior to the beginning of the
fiscal year and corrected for any revisions to prior year inflation. Effective
July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2016, the inflation adjustment for nursing
facility operating rates shall be 0.0%.
5. Prices will be established for the peer groups described in
this section using a combination of Medicare wage regions and Medicaid rural
and bed size modifications based on similar costs.
6. The following definitions shall apply to direct peer
groups. The Northern Virginia peer group shall be defined as localities in the
Washington DC-MD-VA MSA as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) for skilled nursing facility rates. The Other MSA MSAs
peer group includes localities in any MSA defined by CMS other than the
Northern Virginia MSA and non-MSA designations. The Rural peer groups are
non-MSA areas of the state divided into Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer
groups based on drawing a line between the following points on the Commonwealth
of Virginia map with the coordinates: 37.4203914 Latitude, 82.0201219 Longitude
and 37.1223664 Latitude, 76.3457773 Longitude. Direct peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia,
b. Other MSAs,
c. Northern Rural, and
d. Southern Rural.
7. The following definitions shall apply to indirect peer
groups. The indirect peer group for Northern Virginia is the same as the direct
peer group for Northern Virginia. Rest of State peer groups shall be defined as
any localities other than localities in the Northern Virginia peer group for
nursing facilities with greater than 60 beds or 60 beds or less. Rest of State
- Greater than 60 Beds shall be further subdivided into Other MSA MSAs,
Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer groups using the locality definitions
for direct peer groups. Indirect peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia MSA,
b. Rest of State - Greater than 60 Beds,
c. Other MSAs,
d. Northern Rural, and
e. Southern Rural.
Rest of State - 60 Beds or Less.
8. Any changes to peer group assignment based on changes in
bed size or MSA will be implemented for reimbursement purposes the July 1
following the effective date of the change. For rebasings effective on or
after July 1, 2020, the department shall move nursing facilities located in the
former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area to the Other MSAs peer group.
9. The direct and indirect price for each peer group shall be
based on the following adjustment factors:
a. Direct adjustment factor - 105.000% of the peer group
day-weighted median neutralized and inflated cost per day for freestanding
nursing facilities. Effective July 1, 2017, the direct adjustment factor
shall be 106.8% of the peer group day-weighted median neutralized and inflated
cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
b. Indirect adjustment factor - 100.735% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, the indirect adjustment factor shall be 101.3% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
10. Facilities with costs projected to the rate year below 95%
of the price shall have an adjusted price equal to the price minus the
difference between the facility's cost and 95% of the unadjusted price.
Adjusted prices will be established at each rebasing. New facilities after the
base year shall not have an adjusted price until the next rebasing.
11. Special circumstances.
a. Effective July 1, 2017, the department shall increase
the direct and indirect operating rates under the nursing facility price based
reimbursement methodology by 15% for nursing facilities where at least 80% of
the resident population has one or more of the following diagnoses:
quadriplegia, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis, paraplegia, or
cerebral palsy. In addition, a qualifying facility must have at least 90%
Medicaid utilization and a nursing facility case-mix index of 1.15 or higher in
fiscal year 2014.
b. Effective July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2020, nursing
facilities located in the former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area shall
be paid the operating rates calculated for the Other MSAs peer group.
11. 12. Individual claim payment for direct
costs shall be based on each resident's Resource Utilization Group (RUG) during
the service period times the facility direct price.
12. 13. Resource Utilization Group (RUG) is a
resident classification system that groups nursing facility residents according
to resource utilization and assigns weights related to the resource utilization
for each classification. The department shall use RUGs to determine facility
case-mix for cost neutralization as defined in 12VAC30-90-306 in determining
the direct costs used in setting the price and for adjusting the claim payments
for residents.
a. The department shall neutralize direct costs per day in the
base year using the most current RUG grouper applicable to the base year.
b. The department shall utilize RUG-III, version 34 groups and
weights in fiscal years 2015 through 2017 for claim payments.
c. Beginning in fiscal year 2018, the department shall
implement RUG-IV, version 48 Medicaid groups and weights for claim payments.
d. RUG-IV, version 48 weights used for claim payments will be
normalized to RUG-III, version 34 weights as long as base year costs are
neutralized by the RUG-III 34 group. In that the weights are not the same under
RUG-IV as under RUG-III, normalization will ensure that total direct operating
payments using the RUG-IV 48 weights will be the same as total direct operating
payments using the RUG-III 34 grouper.
B. Transition. The department shall transition to the
price-based methodology over a period of four years, blending the adjusted
price-based rate with the facility-specific case-mix neutral cost-based rate
calculated according to 12VAC30-90-41 as if ceilings had been rebased for
fiscal year 2015. The cost-based rates are calculated using the 2011 base year
data, inflated to 2015 using the inflation methodology in 12VAC30-90-41 and
adjusted to state fiscal year 2015. In subsequent years of the transition, the
cost-based rates shall be increased by inflation described in this section.
1. Based on a four-year transition, the rate will be based on
the following blend:
a. Fiscal year 2015 - 25% of the adjusted price-based rate and
75% of the cost-based rate.
b. Fiscal year 2016 - 50% of the adjusted price-based rate and
50% of the cost-based rate.
c. Fiscal year 2017 - 75% of the adjusted price-based rate and
25% of the cost-based rate.
d. Fiscal year 2018 - 100% of the adjusted price-based (fully
implemented).
2. During the first transition year for the period July 1,
2014, through October 31, 2014, DMAS shall case-mix adjust each facility's
direct cost component of the rates using the average facility case-mix from the
two most recent finalized quarters (September and December 2013) instead of
adjusting this component claim by claim.
3. Cost-based rates to be used in the transition for
facilities without cost data in the base year but placed in service prior to
July 1, 2013, shall be determined based on the most recently settled cost data.
If there is no settled cost report at the beginning of a fiscal year, then 100%
of the price-based rate shall be used for that fiscal year. Facilities placed
in service after June 30, 2013, shall be paid 100% of the price-based rate.
4. Effective July 1, 2015, nursing facilities whose licensed
bed capacity decreased by at least 30 beds after 2011 and whose occupancy
increased from less than 70% in 2011 to more than 80% in 2013 shall be
reimbursed the price-based operating rate rather than the transition operating
rate.
C. Prospective capital rates shall be calculated in the
following manner:
1. Fair rental value (FRV) per diem rates for the fiscal year
shall be calculated for all freestanding nursing facilities based on the prior calendar
year information aged to the fiscal year and using RS Means factors and rental
rates corresponding to the fiscal year as prescribed in 12VAC30-90-36. There
will be no separate calculation for beds subject to or not subject to
transition.
2. Nursing facilities that put into service a major renovation
or new beds may request a mid-year fair rental value per diem rate change.
a. A major renovation shall be defined as an increase in
capital of $3,000 per bed. The nursing facility shall submit complete pro forma
documentation at least 60 days prior to the effective date, and the new rate
shall be effective at the beginning of the month following the end of the 60
days.
b. The provider shall submit final documentation within 60
days of the new rate effective date, and the department shall review final
documentation and modify the rate if necessary effective 90 days after the
implementation of the new rate. No mid-year rate changes shall be made for an
effective date after April 30 of the fiscal year.
3. These FRV changes shall also apply to specialized care
facilities.
4. The capital per diem rate for hospital-based nursing
facilities shall be the last settled capital per diem.
Subpart XVII
Specialized Care Services
12VAC30-90-264. Specialized care services.
Specialized care services provided in conformance with
12VAC30-60-40 E and H, 12VAC30-60-320, and 12VAC30-60-340 shall be reimbursed
under the following methodology. The nursing facilities that provide adult
specialized care for the categories of Ventilator Dependent Care, will be
placed in one group for rate determination. The nursing facilities that provide
pediatric specialized care in a dedicated pediatric unit of eight beds or more
will be placed in a second group for rate determination.
1. Routine operating cost. Routine operating cost shall be
defined as in 12VAC30-90-271 and 12VAC30-90-272. To calculate the routine
operating cost reimbursement rate, routine operating cost shall be converted to
a per diem amount by dividing it by actual patient days. Effective July 1,
2016, the base year for routine operating cost shall be the most recently
settled cost reports with a fiscal year ending in a calendar year for all
specialized care facilities as of the end of the calendar year prior to the
prospective rate year.
2. Allowable cost identification and cost reimbursement
limitations. The provisions of Article 5 (12VAC30-90-50 et seq.) of Subpart II
of Part II of this chapter and of Appendix III (12VAC30-90-290) of Part III of
this chapter shall apply to specialized care cost and reimbursement.
3. Routine operating cost rates. Each facility shall be
reimbursed a prospective rate for routine operating costs. This rate will be
the lesser of the facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling, or the
facility-specific prospective routine operating cost per day plus an efficiency
incentive. This efficiency incentive shall be calculated by the same method as
in 12VAC30-90-41.
4. Facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling.
Each nursing facility's prospective routine operating ceiling shall be
calculated as:
a. Statewide ceiling. The statewide routine operating ceiling
shall be $415 as of July 1, 2002. This routine operating ceiling amount shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016,
the routine operating ceiling shall be $573.09 as of state fiscal year 2015 and
shall be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC-30-90-44 to the upcoming state
fiscal year, the prospective rate year.
b. The portion of the statewide routine operating ceiling
relating to nursing salaries (as determined by the 1994 audited cost report
data, or 67.22%) will be wage adjusted using a normalized wage index. The
normalized wage index shall be the wage index applicable to the individual provider's
geographic location under Medicare rules of reimbursement for skilled nursing
facilities, divided by the statewide average of such wage indices across the
state. This normalization of wage indices shall be updated January 1, after
each time the CMS publishes wage indices for skilled nursing facilities.
Updated normalization shall be effective for fiscal years starting on and after
the January 1 for which the normalization is calculated. Effective July 1,
2016, the normalized wage index for the federal fiscal year following the base
year shall be applied to the state fiscal year ceiling.
5. Facility-specific prospective routine operating base cost
per day. The facility-specific routine operating cost per day to be used in the
calculation of the routine operating rate and the efficiency incentive shall be
the actual routine cost per day from the most recent fiscal year's cost report,
adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016, the
routine operating base cost per day in subdivision 1 of this subsection shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-44 to the upcoming state fiscal
year, the prospective rate year.
6. Interim rates. Interim rates, for processing claims during
the year, shall be calculated from the most recent settled cost report
available at the time the interim rates must be set, except that failure to
submit a cost report timely may result in adjustment to interim rates as
provided elsewhere. Effective July 1, 2016, this subdivision is no longer
applicable.
7. Ancillary costs. Specialized care ancillary costs will be
paid on a pass-through basis for those Medicaid specialized care patients who
do not have Medicare or any other sufficient third-party insurance coverage.
Ancillary costs will be reimbursed as follows:
a. All covered ancillary services, except kinetic therapy
devices, will be reimbursed for reasonable costs as defined in the current
NHPS. Effective for specialized care days on or after January 15, 2007,
reimbursement for reasonable costs shall be subject to a ceiling. The ceiling
shall be $238.81 per day for calendar year 2004 (150% of average costs) and
shall be inflated to the appropriate provider fiscal year. For cost report
years beginning in each calendar year, ancillary ceilings will be inflated
based on 12VAC30-90-41. See 12VAC30-90-290 for the cost reimbursement
limitations. Effective July 1, 2016, the ancillary ceiling of $300.38 in
state fiscal year 2015, inclusive of kinetic therapy devices, shall be adjusted
for inflation to the prospective rate year based on 12VAC30-90-44.
b. Kinetic therapy devices will have a limit per day (based on
1994 audited cost report data inflated to the rate period). See 12VAC30-90-290
for the cost reimbursement limitations.
c. Kinetic therapy devices will be reimbursed only if a
resident is being treated for wounds that meet the following wound care
criteria. Residents receiving this wound care must require kinetic bed therapy
(that is, low air loss mattresses, fluidized beds, and/or rotating/turning
beds or rotating or turning beds) and require treatment for a grade
(stage) IV decubitus, a large surgical wound that cannot be closed, or second
to third degree burns covering more than 10% of the body.
8. Covered ancillary services are defined as follows: laboratory,
X-ray, medical supplies (e.g., infusion pumps, incontinence supplies), physical
therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, inhalation therapy, IV therapy,
enteral feedings, and kinetic therapy. The following are not specialized care
ancillary services and are excluded from specialized care reimbursement:
physician services, psychologist services, total parenteral nutrition (TPN),
and drugs. These services must be separately billed to DMAS. An interim rate
for the covered ancillary services will be determined (using data from the most
recent settled cost report) by dividing allowable ancillary costs by the number
of patient days for the same cost reporting period. The interim rate will be
retroactively cost settled based on the specialized care nursing facility cost
reporting period.
9. Capital costs. Effective July 1, 2001 2016,
capital cost reimbursement rate shall be based on subsection C of
12VAC30-90-44 in accordance with 12VAC30-90-35 through,
12VAC30-90-36, and 12VAC30-90-37, except that the required occupancy
percentage shall not be separately applied to specialized care. Capital cost
related to specialized care patients will be cost settled on the respective
nursing facility's cost reporting period. In this cost settlement, the required
occupancy percentage shall be applied to all the nursing facility's licensed
nursing facility beds, inclusive of specialized care. To determine the
capital cost related to specialized care patients, the following calculation
shall be applied.
a. Licensed beds, including specialized care beds, multiplied
by days in the cost reporting period, shall equal available days.
b. The required occupancy days shall equal the required
occupancy percentage multiplied by available days.
c. The required occupancy days minus actual resident days,
including specialized care days, shall equal the shortfall of days. If the
shortfall of days is negative, the shortfall of days shall be zero.
d. Actual resident days, not including specialized care days,
plus the shortfall of days shall equal the minimum number of days to be used to
calculate the capital cost per day.
10. Nurse aide training and competency evaluation programs and
competency evaluation programs (NATCEP) costs. NATCEP costs will be paid on
a pass-through basis in accordance with the current NHPS. Effective July 1,
2016, NATCEP costs shall be paid on a prospective basis in accordance with
12VAC30-90-170.
11. Pediatric routine operating cost rate. For pediatric
specialized care in a distinct part pediatric specialized care unit, one
routine operating cost ceiling will be developed. The routine operating cost
ceiling will be $418 as of July 1, 2002. Effective July 1, 2016, the
pediatric routine operating cost ceiling shall be $577.24.
a. The statewide operating ceiling shall be adjusted for each
nursing facility in the same manner as described in subdivision 4 of this
section.
b. The final routine operating cost reimbursement rate shall
be computed as described for other than pediatric units in subdivision 3 of
this section.
12. Pediatric unit capital cost. Pediatric unit capital costs
will be reimbursed in accordance with the current NHPS subdivision 9
of this section, except that the occupancy requirement shall be 70% rather
than the required occupancy percentage.
13. The cost reporting requirements of 12VAC30-90-70 and
12VAC30-90-80 shall apply to specialized care providers.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5178; Filed December 28, 2017, 2:43 p.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICES
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Department of Medical Assistance Services is claiming an exemption from Article
2 of the Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of
the Code of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform
to changes in Virginia statutory law where no agency discretion is involved.
The Department of Medical Assistance Services will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 12VAC30-70. Methods and
Standards for Establishing Payment Rates - Inpatient Hospital Services (amending 12VAC30-70-221, 12VAC30-70-281,
12VAC30-70-291, 12VAC30-70-351, 12VAC30-70-381).
12VAC30-80. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates; Other Types of Care (amending 12VAC30-80-30, 12VAC30-80-36, 12VAC30-80-180,
12VAC30-80-200).
12VAC30-90. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates for Long-Term Care (amending 12VAC30-90-44, 12VAC30-90-264).
Statutory Authority: § 32.1-325 of the Code of
Virginia; 42 USC § 1396 et seq.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Emily McClellan, Regulatory Supervisor,
Policy Division, Department of Medical Assistance Services, 600 East Broad
Street, Suite 1300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804) 371-4300, FAX (804)
786-1680, or email emily.mcclellan@dmas.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments:
1. At 12VAC30-70-221 and 12VAC30-70-381, change the
methodology for cost claims used to rebase weights to a methodology that uses
per-diems and cost-to-charge ratios by cost center for the fee-for-service and
managed care claims, effective July 1, 2016. In a similar fashion, each
hospital's total costs by claim using this methodology is divided by the total
charges for the hospital cost-to-charge ratio.
2. At 12VAC30-70-281 and 12VAC30-70-291, update the
regulation to indicate that effective July 1, 2017, (i) the Department of
Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) increases the formula for indirect medical
education (IME) for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 as a substitute for disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) payments to be identical to the formula used for Type One
hospitals and (ii) supplemental payments shall be made for medical residency
slots for primary care, high need specialties, and underserved areas to the
following hospitals for the specified number of primary residencies: Sentara
Norfolk General, Carilion Medical Center, Centra Lynchburg Hospital, Riverside
Regional Medical Center, and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center.
3. At 12VAC30-70-351, reduce state fiscal year (FY) 2017
inflation by 50% for inpatient hospital operating rates, freestanding
psychiatric hospitals, graduate medical expenses, and DSH. In FY 2018, the
inflation adjustment is eliminated.
4. At 12VAC30-80-30, (i) eliminate subdivision A 1 related
to limitations for emergency physician services; (ii) at subdivision A 17 b,
include information regarding how supplemental payments are calculated for
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2015; and (iii)
add a new subdivision A 19 regarding supplemental payments for services provided
by physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8 (Children's National Health System).
5. At 12VAC30-80-36 B 4 a, add language regarding the
inflation adjustment to hospital costs, limiting the adjustment for inflation
to 50% of inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 and eliminating
inflation in state fiscal year 2018.
6. At 12VAC30-80-180 and 12VAC30-80-200, limit the
inflation to 50% of inflation for home health and outpatient rehabilitation
agencies in fiscal year 2018.
7. At 12VAC30-90-44, update the price for each nursing
facility peer group and other changes to peer groups.
8. At 12VAC30-90-264, convert the specialized care rate
methodology to a fully prospective state fiscal year rate, effective July 1,
2016, consistent with the existing cost-based methodology by adding inflation
to the per diem costs subject to existing ceilings for direct, indirect, and
ancillary costs from the most recent settled cost report prior to the state
fiscal year for which the rates are being established. DMAS shall use the state
fiscal year inflation rate recently adopted for regular nursing facilities.
Partial year inflation shall be applied to per diem costs if the provider
fiscal year end is different than the state fiscal year. Ceilings shall also be
maintained by state fiscal year.
The amendments conform the regulations to Chapter 665 of
the 2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 780 of the 2016 Acts of Assembly, and
Chapter 836 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly.
Article 2
Prospective (DRG-Based) Payment Methodology
12VAC30-70-221. General.
A. Effective July 1, 2000, the prospective (DRG-based)
payment system described in this article shall apply to inpatient hospital
services provided in enrolled general acute care hospitals, rehabilitation
hospitals, and freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals,
unless otherwise noted.
B. The following methodologies shall apply under the
prospective payment system:
1. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-231, operating payments for DRG
cases that are not transfer cases shall be determined on the basis of a
hospital specific operating rate per case times relative weight of the DRG to
which the case is assigned.
2. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-241, operating payments for per
diem cases shall be determined on the basis of a hospital specific operating
rate per day times the covered days for the case with the exception of payments
for per diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities. Payments for per
diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals shall
be determined on the basis of a hospital specific rate per day that represents
an all-inclusive payment for operating and capital costs.
3. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-251, operating payments for
transfer cases shall be determined as follows: (i) the transferring hospital
shall receive an operating per diem payment, not to exceed the DRG operating
payment that would have otherwise been made and (ii) the final discharging
hospital shall receive the full DRG operating payment.
4. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-261, additional operating
payments shall be made for outlier cases. These additional payments shall be
added to the operating payments determined in subdivisions 1 and 3 of this
subsection.
5. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-271, payments for capital costs
shall be made on an allowable cost basis.
6. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-281, payments for direct
medical education costs of nursing schools and paramedical programs shall be
made on an allowable cost basis. For Type Two hospitals, payment for direct
graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns and residents shall be made
quarterly on a prospective basis, subject to cost settlement based on the number
of full time full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the cost report. Effective April 1, 2012, payment for direct GME
for interns and residents for Type One hospitals shall be 100% of allowable
costs.
7. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-291, payments for indirect
medical education costs shall be made quarterly on a prospective basis.
8. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-301, payments to hospitals that
qualify as disproportionate share hospitals shall be made quarterly on a
prospective basis.
C. The terms used in this article shall be defined as
provided in this subsection:
"AP-DRG" means all patient diagnosis related
groups.
"APR-DRG" means all patient refined diagnosis
related groups.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the DRG relative weights, the hospital case-mix
indices, the base year standardized operating costs per case, and the base year
standardized operating costs per day. The base year will change when the DRG payment
system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings, the Commonwealth
shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Base year standardized costs per case" means the
statewide average hospital costs per discharge for DRG cases in the base year.
The standardization process removes the effects of case-mix and regional
variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis.
"Base year standardized
costs per day" means the statewide average hospital costs per day for per
diem cases in the base year. The standardization process removes the effects of
regional variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis. Base year standardized costs per day were calculated
separately, but using the same calculation methodology, for the different types
of per diem cases identified in this subsection under the definition of
"per diem cases."
"Cost" means allowable cost as defined in
Supplement 3 (12VAC30-70-10 through 12VAC30-70-130) and by Medicare principles
of reimbursement.
"Disproportionate share
hospital" means a hospital that meets the following criteria:
1. A Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate in excess of 14%, or a low-income patient utilization rate
exceeding 25% (as defined in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 and
as amended by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988); and
2. At least two obstetricians
with staff privileges at the hospital who have agreed to provide obstetric
services to individuals entitled to such services under a state Medicaid plan.
In the case of a hospital located in a rural area (that is, an area outside of
a Metropolitan Statistical Area as defined by the Executive Office of
Management and Budget), the term "obstetrician" includes any
physician with staff privileges at the hospital to perform nonemergency
obstetric procedures.
3. Subdivision 2 of this
definition does not apply to a hospital:
a. At which the inpatients are
predominantly individuals under 18 years of age; or
b. Which does not offer
nonemergency obstetric services as of December 21, 1987.
"DRG" means diagnosis related groups.
"DRG cases" means medical/surgical medical
or surgical cases subject to payment on the basis of DRGs. DRG cases do not
include per diem cases.
"DRG relative weight" means the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to that DRG divided by the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to all DRGs.
"Groupable cases"
means DRG cases having coding data of sufficient quality to support DRG
assignment.
"Hospital case-mix
index" means the weighted average DRG relative weight for all cases
occurring at that hospital.
"Medicaid utilization percentage" or "Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate" is equal to the hospital's total Medicaid
inpatient days divided by the hospital's total inpatient days for a given
hospital fiscal year. The Medicaid utilization percentage or Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate includes days associated with inpatient hospital services provided
to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated managed care providers. This
definition includes all paid Medicaid days and nonpaid/denied nonpaid
or denied Medicaid days to include medically unnecessary days,
inappropriate level of care service days, and days that exceed any maximum day
limits (with appropriate documentation). The definition of Medicaid days does
not include any general assistance, Family Access to Medical Insurance Security
(FAMIS), State and Local Hospitalization (SLH), charity care, low-income care,
indigent care, uncompensated care, bad debt, or Medicare dually eligible days.
It does not include days for newborns not enrolled in Medicaid during the
fiscal year even though the mother was Medicaid eligible during the
birth. Effective July 1, 2014, the definition for Medicaid utilization
percentage or Medicaid inpatient utilization rate is defined in 12VAC30-70-301
C.
"Medicare wage index" and the "Medicare
geographic adjustment factor" are published annually in the Federal
Register by the Health Care Financing Administration. The indices and factors
used in this article shall be those in effect in the base year.
"Operating cost-to-charge ratio" equals the
hospital's total operating costs, less any applicable operating costs for a
psychiatric distinct part unit (DPU), divided by the hospital's total charges,
less any applicable charges for a psychiatric DPU. The operating
cost-to-charge ratio costs shall be calculated using data from
cost reports from hospital fiscal years by multiplying the per diems and
ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each hospital's cost ending in the
state fiscal year used as the base year to the corresponding days and
ancillary charges by revenue code for each hospital's groupable cases.
"Outlier adjustment factor" means a fixed factor
published annually in the Federal Register by the Health Care Financing
Administration. The factor used in this article shall be the one in effect in
the base year.
"Outlier cases" means those DRG cases, including
transfer cases, in which the hospital's adjusted operating cost for the case
exceeds the hospital's operating outlier threshold for the case.
"Outlier operating fixed loss threshold" means a
fixed dollar amount applicable to all hospitals that shall be calculated in the
base year so as to result in an expenditure for outliers operating payments
equal to 5.1% of total operating payments for DRG cases. The threshold shall be
updated in subsequent years using the same inflation values applied to hospital
rates.
"Per diem cases" means cases subject to per diem
payment and includes (i) covered psychiatric cases in general acute care
hospitals and distinct part units (DPUs) of general acute care hospitals
(hereinafter "acute care psychiatric cases"), (ii) covered
psychiatric cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals
(hereinafter "freestanding psychiatric cases"), and (iii)
rehabilitation cases in general acute care hospitals and rehabilitation
hospitals (hereinafter "rehabilitation cases").
"Psychiatric cases" means cases with a principal
diagnosis that is a mental disorder as specified in the ICD, as defined in
12VAC30-95-5. Not all mental disorders are covered. For coverage information,
see Amount, Duration, and Scope of Services, Supplement 1 to Attachment 3.1 A
& B (12VAC30-50-95 through 12VAC30-50-310). The limit of coverage of 21
days in a 60-day period for the same or similar diagnosis shall continue to
apply to adult psychiatric cases.
"Psychiatric operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
the psychiatric DPU of a general acute care hospital means the hospital's
operating costs for a psychiatric DPU divided by the hospital's charges for a
psychiatric DPU. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as described
in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in this
subsection, using data from psychiatric DPUs.
"Readmissions" means when patients are readmitted
to the same hospital for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
discharge. Such cases shall be considered a continuation of the same stay and
shall not be treated as new cases. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD
diagnosis codes possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Rehabilitation operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
a rehabilitation unit or hospital means the provider's operating costs divided
by the provider's charges. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as
described in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in
this subsection, using data from rehabilitation units or hospitals.
"Statewide average labor portion of operating
costs" means a fixed percentage applicable to all hospitals. The
percentage shall be periodically revised using the most recent reliable data
from the Virginia Health Information (VHI), or its successor.
"Transfer cases" means DRG cases involving patients
(i) who are transferred from one general acute care hospital to another for
related care or (ii) who are discharged from one general acute care hospital
and admitted to another for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
that discharge. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD diagnosis codes
possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term "ICD"
is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Type One hospitals" means those hospitals that
were state-owned teaching hospitals on January 1, 1996.
"Type Two hospitals" means all other hospitals.
"Uncompensated care costs" or "UCC" means
unreimbursed costs incurred by hospitals from serving self-pay, charity, or
Medicaid patients without regard to disproportionate share adjustment payments.
"Ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 469
(principal diagnosis invalid as discharge diagnosis) and DRG 470 (ungroupable)
as determined by the AP-DRG Grouper. Effective October 1, 2014,
"ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 955 (ungroupable) and
DRG 956 (ungroupable) as determined by the APR-DRG grouper.
D. The all patient diagnosis related groups (AP-DRG) grouper
shall be used in the DRG payment system. Effective October 1, 2014, DMAS shall
replace the AP-DRG grouper with the all patient refined diagnosis related
groups (APR-DRG) grouper for hospital inpatient reimbursement. The APR-DRG
grouper will produce a DRG as well as a severity level ranging from 1 to 4.
DMAS shall phase in the APR-DRG weights by blending in 50% of the full APR-DRG
weights with 50% of fiscal year (FY) 2014 AP-DRG weights for each APR-DRG group
and severity level in the first year. In the second year, the blend will be 75%
of full APR-DRG weights and 25% of the FY 2014 AP-DRG weights. Full APR-DRG
weights shall be used in the third year and succeeding years for each APR-DRG
group and severity. DMAS shall notify hospitals when updating the system to
later grouper versions.
E. The primary data sources used in the development of the
DRG payment methodology were the department's hospital computerized claims
history file and the cost report file. The claims history file captures
available claims data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care
hospitals, including Type One hospitals. The cost report file captures audited
cost and charge data from all enrolled general acute care hospitals, including
Type One hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that were
used to develop the DRG payment methodology and that will be used when the
system is recalibrated and rebased.
Data Elements for DRG Payment
Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each
groupable case
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable cases in
each DRG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable
cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each DRG
case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of DRG cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each acute
care psychiatric case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of acute care
psychiatric days for each acute care hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each
freestanding psychiatric case
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total number of psychiatric
days for each freestanding psychiatric hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total charges for each
rehabilitation case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of rehabilitation
days for each acute care and freestanding rehabilitation hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each freestanding psychiatric facility licensed as a hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Psychiatric operating
cost-to-charge ratio for the psychiatric DPU of each general acute care
hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Rehabilitation cost-to-charge
ratio for each rehabilitation unit or hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Statewide average labor
portion of operating costs
|
VHI
|
Medicare wage index for each
hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Medicare geographic adjustment
factor for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Outlier operating fixed loss
threshold
|
Claims history file
|
Outlier adjustment factor
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-70-281. Payment for direct medical education costs of
nursing schools, paramedical programs, and graduate medical education for
interns and residents.
A. Direct medical education costs of nursing schools and
paramedical programs shall continue to be paid on an allowable cost basis.
1. Payments for these direct medical education costs shall be
made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's
fiscal year end.
2. Final payment for these direct medical education (DMedEd)
costs shall be the sum of the fee-for-service DMedEd payment and the managed
care DMedEd payment. Fee-for-service DMedEd payment is the ratio of Medicaid
inpatient costs to total allowable costs, times total DMedEd costs. Managed
care DMedEd payment is equal to the managed care days times the ratio of
fee-for-service DMedEd payments to fee-for-service days.
B. Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or
after July 1, 2002, direct graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns
and residents shall be reimbursed on a per-resident prospective basis, subject
to cost settlement as outlined in this subsection except that on or after April
1, 2012, payment for direct GME for interns and residents for Type One
hospitals shall be 100% of allowable costs as outlined in subsection C of this
section.
1. The methodology provides for the determination of a
hospital-specific base period per-resident amount to initially be calculated
from cost reports with fiscal years ending in state fiscal year 1998 or as may
be rebased in the future and provided to the public in an agency guidance
document. The per resident per-resident amount for new qualifying
facilities shall be calculated from the most recently settled cost report. This
per-resident amount shall be calculated by dividing a hospital's Medicaid
allowable direct GME costs for the base period by its number of interns and
residents in the base period yielding the base amount.
2. The base amount shall be updated annually by the moving
average values in the Virginia-Specific Hospital Input Price Index as described
in 12VAC30-70-351. The updated per-resident base amount will then be multiplied
by the weighted number of full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the annual cost report to determine the total Medicaid direct GME
amount allowable for each year. Payments for direct GME costs shall be made in
estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's fiscal year
end based on the actual number of FTEs reported in the cost reporting period.
The total Medicaid direct GME allowable amount shall be allocated to inpatient
and outpatient services based on Medicaid's share of costs under each part.
C. Effective April 1, 2012, Type One hospitals shall be
reimbursed 100% of Medicaid allowable fee-for-service (FFS) and managed care
organization (MCO) GME costs for interns and residents.
1. Type One hospitals shall submit annually separate FFS and
MCO GME cost schedules, approved by the agency, using GME per diems and GME
ratios of cost to charges (RCCs) from the Medicare and Medicaid cost reports
and FFS and MCO days and charges. Type One hospitals shall provide information
on managed care days and charges in a format similar to FFS.
2. Interim lump sum GME payments for interns and residents
shall be made quarterly based on the total cost from the most recently audited
cost report divided by four and will be final settled in the audited cost
report for the fiscal year end in which the payments are made.
D. Direct medical education shall not be a reimbursable cost
in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals.
E. Effective July 1, 2017, the Department of Medical
Assistance Services (DMAS) shall make supplemental payments to the following
hospitals for the specified number of primary care residencies: Sentara Norfolk
General (two residencies), Carilion Medical Center (six residencies), Centra
Lynchburg General Hospital (one residency), Riverside Regional Medical Center
(two residencies), and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center (two
residencies). DMAS shall make supplemental payments to Carilion Medical Center
for two psychiatric residencies. The supplemental payment for each residency
shall be $100,000 annually minus any Medicare residency payment for which the
hospital is eligible. Supplemental payments shall be made for up to four years
for each new qualifying resident. A hospital will be eligible for the
supplemental payments as long as the hospital maintains the number of residency
slots in total and by category. Payments shall be made quarterly following the
same schedule for other medical education payments. Subsequent to the new award
of a supplemental payment, the hospital must provide documentation annually by
August 1, 2017, that it continues to meet the criteria for the supplemental
payments and must report any changes during the year to the number of
residents.
12VAC30-70-291. Payment for indirect medical education costs.
A. Hospitals shall be eligible to receive payments for
indirect medical education (IME). Out-of-state cost reporting hospitals are
eligible for this payment only if they have Virginia Medicaid utilization in
the base year of at least 12% of total Medicaid days. These payments recognize
the increased use of ancillary services associated with the educational process
and the higher case-mix intensity of teaching hospitals. The payments for
indirect medical education shall be made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts
and settled at the hospital's fiscal year end.
B. Final payment for IME shall be determined as follows:
1. Type One hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (this formula also applies to Children's Hospital of
the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2013):
IME Percentage for Type One Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X (IME Factor)
An IME factor shall be calculated for each Type One hospital
and shall equal a factor that, when used in the calculation of the IME
percentage, shall cause the resulting IME payments to equal what the IME
payments would be with an IME factor of one, plus an amount equal to the
difference between operating payments using the adjustment factor specified in
subdivision B 1 of 12VAC30-70-331 and operating payments using an adjustment
factor of one in place of the adjustment factor specified in subdivision B 1 of
12VAC30-70-331.
2. Type Two hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (excluding Children's Hospital of the King's
Daughters):
IME Percentage for Type Two Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X 0.5695
In both equations, r is the ratio of full-time equivalent
residents to staffed beds, excluding nursery beds. The IME payment shall be
calculated each year using the most recent reliable data regarding the number
of full-time equivalent residents and the number of staffed beds, excluding
nursery beds.
C. An additional IME payment shall be made for inpatient
hospital services provided to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated
managed care providers.
1. For Type Two hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section.
2. For Type One hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital-specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section. Effective April
1, 2012, the operating rate per case used in the formula shall be revised to
reflect an adjustment factor of one and case-mix adjusted by multiplying the
operating rate per case in this subsection by the weight per case for FFS
discharges that is determined during rebasing. This formula applies to
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2017.
D. An additional IME payment not to exceed $200,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU utilization in excess of 50% as
reported to the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2004.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2004.
E. An additional IME payment not to exceed $500,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU days in excess of 4,500 as reported to
the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2005, that do not
otherwise receive an additional IME payment under subsection D of this section.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2003.
F. Effective July 1, 2013, DMAS shall calculate an IME factor
for Virginia freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
utilization in 2009. Total total payments for IME in combination
with other payments for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 shall not exceed the federal uncompensated care
cost limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject. Effective
July 1, 2017, IME payments cannot exceed the federal uncompensated care cost
limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject, excluding
third-party reimbursement for Medicaid eligible patients.
12VAC30-70-351. Updating rates for inflation.
A. Each July, the Virginia moving average values as compiled
and published by Global Insight (or its successor), under contract with the
department shall be used to update the base year standardized operating costs
per case, as determined in 12VAC30-70-361, and the base year standardized
operating costs per day, as determined in 12VAC30-70-371, to the midpoint of
the upcoming state fiscal year. The most current table available prior to the
effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year amounts to
the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or its
successor), in the moving averages that were used to update rates for previous
state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving averages
that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal year.
B. The inflation adjustment for hospital operating rates, disproportionate
share hospitals (DSH) payments, and graduate medical education payments shall
be 0.0% eliminated for fiscal year (FY) 2010. The elimination of
the inflation adjustments shall not be applicable to rebasing in FY 2011.
C. In FY 2011, hospital operating rates shall be rebased;
however the 2008 base year costs shall only be increased 2.58% for inflation.
For FY 2011 there shall be no inflation adjustment for graduate medical
education (GME) or freestanding psychiatric facility rates. The inflation
adjustment shall be eliminated for hospital operating rates, GME payments, and
freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY 2012. The inflation adjustment
shall be 2.6% for inpatient hospitals, including hospital operating rates, GME
payments, DSH payments, and freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY
2013, and 0.0% for the same facilities for FY 2014, FY 2015, and FY 2016. For
FY 2017, the inflation adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME,
DSH, and freestanding psychiatric hospitals shall be 50% of the adjustment
calculated in subsection A of this section. In FY 2018, the inflation
adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME, DSH, and freestanding
psychiatric hospitals shall be eliminated for inpatient hospitals.
12VAC30-70-381. DRG relative weights and hospital case-mix
indices.
A. For the purposes of calculating DRG relative weights and
hospital case-mix indices, base year claims data for all groupable cases shall
be used. Base year claims data for ungroupable cases and per diem cases shall
not be used. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a transfer case shall be
counted as a fraction of a case based on the ratio of its length of stay to the
arithmetic mean length of stay for cases assigned to the same DRG as the transfer
case.
B. Using the data elements identified in subsection E of
12VAC30-70-221, the following methodology shall be used to calculate the DRG
relative weights:
1. The operating costs for each groupable case shall be
calculated by multiplying the hospital's total charges for the case by the
hospital's operating cost-to-charge ratio, as defined in subsection C of
12VAC30-70-221 per diems and ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each
hospital's cost report ending in the state fiscal year used as the base year to
the corresponding days and ancillary charges by revenue code for each
hospital's groupable cases.
2. The standardized operating costs for each groupable case
shall be calculated as follows:
a. The operating costs shall be multiplied by the statewide
average labor portion of operating costs, yielding the labor portion of
operating costs. Hence, the nonlabor portion of operating costs shall
constitute one minus the statewide average labor portion of operating costs
times the operating costs.
b. The labor portion of operating costs shall be divided by
the hospital's Medicare wage index, yielding the standardized labor portion of
operating costs.
c. The standardized labor portion of operating costs shall be
added to the nonlabor portion of operating costs, yielding the standardized
operating costs.
3. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases in the DRG
by the number of groupable cases classified in the DRG.
4. The average standardized cost per case shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases by the
total number of groupable cases.
5. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be divided by
the average standardized cost per case to determine the DRG relative weight.
C. Statistical outliers shall be eliminated from the
calculation of the DRG relative weights. Within each DRG, cases shall be
eliminated if (i) their standardized costs per case are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
case and (ii) their standardized costs per day are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
day. To eliminate a case, both conditions must be satisfied.
D. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a threshold of
five cases shall be set as the minimum number of cases required to calculate a
reasonable DRG relative weight. In those instances where there are five or
fewer cases, the department's Medicaid claims data shall be supplemented with
Medicaid claims data from another state or other available sources. The DRG
relative weights calculated according to this methodology will result in an
average case weight that is different from the average case weight before the
supplemental claims data was added. Therefore, the DRG relative weights shall
be normalized by an adjustment factor so that the average case weight after the
supplemental claims data were added is equal to the average case weight before
the supplemental claims data were added.
E. The DRG relative weights shall be used to calculate a
case-mix index for each hospital. The case-mix index for a hospital is
calculated by summing, across all DRGs, the product of the number of groupable
cases in each DRG and the relative weight for each DRG and dividing this amount
by the total number of groupable cases occurring at the hospital.
12VAC30-80-30. Fee-for-service providers.
A. Payment for the following services, except for physician
services, shall be the lower of the state agency fee schedule (12VAC30-80-190
has information about the state agency fee schedule) or actual charge (charge
to the general public):
1. Physicians' services. Payment for physician services shall
be the lower of the state agency fee schedule or actual charge (charge to the
general public). The following limitations shall apply to emergency
physician services.
a. Definitions. The following words and terms, when used in
this subdivision 1 shall have the following meanings when applied to emergency
services unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
"All-inclusive" means all emergency service and
ancillary service charges claimed in association with the emergency department
visit, with the exception of laboratory services.
"DMAS" means the Department of Medical Assistance
Services consistent with Chapter 10 (§ 32.1-323 et seq.) of Title 32.1 of
the Code of Virginia.
"Emergency physician services" means services
that are necessary to prevent the death or serious impairment of the health of
the recipient. The threat to the life or health of the recipient necessitates
the use of the most accessible hospital available that is equipped to furnish
the services.
"Recent injury" means an injury that has occurred
less than 72 hours prior to the emergency department visit.
b. Scope. DMAS shall differentiate, as determined by the
attending physician's diagnosis, the kinds of care routinely rendered in
emergency departments and reimburse physicians for nonemergency care rendered
in emergency departments at a reduced rate.
(1) DMAS shall reimburse at a reduced and all-inclusive
reimbursement rate for all physician services rendered in emergency departments
that DMAS determines are nonemergency care.
(2) Services determined by the attending physician to be
emergencies shall be reimbursed under the existing methodologies and at the
existing rates.
(3) Services determined by the attending physician that may
be emergencies shall be manually reviewed. If such services meet certain
criteria, they shall be paid under the methodology in subdivision 1 b (2) of
this subsection. Services not meeting certain criteria shall be paid under the
methodology in subdivision 1 b (1) of this subsection. Such criteria shall
include, but not be limited to:
(a) The initial treatment following a recent obvious
injury.
(b) Treatment related to an injury sustained more than 72
hours prior to the visit with the deterioration of the symptoms to the point of
requiring medical treatment for stabilization.
(c) The initial treatment for medical emergencies including
indications of severe chest pain, dyspnea, gastrointestinal hemorrhage,
spontaneous abortion, loss of consciousness, status epilepticus, or other
conditions considered life threatening.
(d) A visit in which the recipient's condition requires
immediate hospital admission or the transfer to another facility for further
treatment or a visit in which the recipient dies.
(e) Services provided for acute vital sign changes as
specified in the provider manual.
(f) Services provided for severe pain when combined with
one or more of the other guidelines.
(4) Payment shall be determined based on ICD diagnosis
codes and necessary supporting documentation. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
(5) DMAS shall review on an ongoing basis the effectiveness
of this program in achieving its objectives and for its effect on recipients,
physicians, and hospitals. Program components may be revised subject to
achieving program intent objectives, the accuracy and effectiveness of the ICD
code designations, and the impact on recipients and providers. As used here,
the term "ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
2. Dentists' services.
3. Mental health services including: (i) community mental
health services, (ii) services of a licensed clinical psychologist, (iii)
mental health services provided by a physician, or (iv) peer support services.
a. Services provided by licensed clinical psychologists shall
be reimbursed at 90% of the reimbursement rate for psychiatrists.
b. Services provided by independently enrolled licensed
clinical social workers, licensed professional counselors or licensed clinical
nurse specialists-psychiatric shall be reimbursed at 75% of the reimbursement
rate for licensed clinical psychologists.
4. Podiatry.
5. Nurse-midwife services.
6. Durable medical equipment (DME) and supplies.
Definitions. The following words and terms when used in this
section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:
"DMERC" means the Durable Medical Equipment Regional
Carrier rate as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services at http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/DMEPOSFeeSched/DMEPOS-Fee-Schedule.html.
"HCPCS" means the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding
System, Medicare's National Level II Codes, HCPCS 2006 (Eighteenth edition), as
published by Ingenix, as may be periodically updated.
a. Obtaining prior authorization shall not guarantee Medicaid
reimbursement for DME.
b. The following shall be the reimbursement method used for
DME services:
(1) If the DME item has a DMERC rate, the reimbursement rate
shall be the DMERC rate minus 10%. For dates of service on or after July 1,
2014, DME items subject to the Medicare competitive bidding program shall be
reimbursed the lower of:
(a) The current DMERC rate minus 10% or
(b) The average of the Medicare competitive bid rates in
Virginia markets.
(2) For DME items with no DMERC rate, the agency shall use the
agency fee schedule amount. The reimbursement rates for DME and supplies shall
be listed in the DMAS Medicaid Durable Medical Equipment (DME) and Supplies
Listing and updated periodically. The agency fee schedule shall be available on
the agency website at www.dmas.virginia.gov.
(3) If a DME item has no DMERC rate or agency fee schedule
rate, the reimbursement rate shall be the manufacturer's net charge to the
provider, less shipping and handling, plus 30%. The manufacturer's net charge
to the provider shall be the cost to the provider minus all available discounts
to the provider. Additional information specific to how DME providers,
including manufacturers who are enrolled as providers, establish and document
their cost or costs for DME codes that do not have established rates can be
found in the relevant agency guidance document.
c. DMAS shall have the authority to amend the agency fee
schedule as it deems appropriate and with notice to providers. DMAS shall have
the authority to determine alternate pricing, based on agency research, for any
code that does not have a rate.
d. The reimbursement for incontinence supplies shall be by
selective contract. Pursuant to § 1915(a)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act
and 42 CFR 431.54(d), the Commonwealth assures that adequate services/devices
services or devices shall be available under such arrangements.
e. Certain durable medical equipment used for intravenous
therapy and oxygen therapy shall be bundled under specified procedure codes and
reimbursed as determined by the agency. Certain services/durable services
or durable medical equipment such as service maintenance agreements shall
be bundled under specified procedure codes and reimbursed as determined by the
agency.
(1) Intravenous therapies. The DME for a single therapy,
administered in one day, shall be reimbursed at the established service day
rate for the bundled durable medical equipment and the standard pharmacy
payment, consistent with the ingredient cost as described in 12VAC30-80-40,
plus the pharmacy service day and dispensing fee. Multiple applications of the
same therapy shall be included in one service day rate of reimbursement.
Multiple applications of different therapies administered in one day shall be
reimbursed for the bundled durable medical equipment service day rate as
follows: the most expensive therapy shall be reimbursed at 100% of cost; the
second and all subsequent most expensive therapies shall be reimbursed at 50%
of cost. Multiple therapies administered in one day shall be reimbursed at the
pharmacy service day rate plus 100% of every active therapeutic ingredient in
the compound (at the lowest ingredient cost methodology) plus the appropriate
pharmacy dispensing fee.
(2) Respiratory therapies. The DME for oxygen therapy shall
have supplies or components bundled under a service day rate based on oxygen
liter flow rate or blood gas levels. Equipment associated with respiratory
therapy may have ancillary components bundled with the main component for
reimbursement. The reimbursement shall be a service day per diem rate for
rental of equipment or a total amount of purchase for the purchase of
equipment. Such respiratory equipment shall include, but not be limited to,
oxygen tanks and tubing, ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction
machines. Ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction machines may be
purchased based on the individual patient's medical necessity and length of
need.
(3) Service maintenance agreements. Provision shall be made
for a combination of services, routine maintenance, and supplies, to be known
as agreements, under a single reimbursement code only for equipment that is
recipient owned. Such bundled agreements shall be reimbursed either monthly or
in units per year based on the individual agreement between the DME provider
and DMAS. Such bundled agreements may apply to, but not necessarily be limited
to, either respiratory equipment or apnea monitors.
7. Local health services.
8. Laboratory services (other than inpatient hospital). The
agency's rates for clinical laboratory services were set as of July 1, 2014,
and are effective for services on or after that date.
9. Payments to physicians who handle laboratory specimens, but
do not perform laboratory analysis (limited to payment for handling).
10. X-ray services.
11. Optometry services.
12. Medical supplies and equipment Reserved.
13. Home health services. Effective June 30, 1991, cost
reimbursement for home health services is eliminated. A rate per visit by
discipline shall be established as set forth by 12VAC30-80-180.
14. Physical therapy; occupational therapy; and speech,
hearing, language disorders services when rendered to noninstitutionalized
recipients.
15. Clinic services, as defined under 42 CFR 440.90, except
for services in ambulatory surgery clinics reimbursed under 12VAC30-80-35.
16. Supplemental payments for services provided by Type I
physicians.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Type I physicians for furnished services provided on or after July
2, 2002. A Type I physician is a member of a practice group organized by or
under the control of a state academic health system or an academic health
system that operates under a state authority and includes a hospital, who has
entered into contractual agreements for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 2, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for
Type I physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for Type I physician services and Medicare rates. Effective
August 13, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services
shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for
physician services and 143% of Medicare rates. Effective January 3, 2012, the
supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services shall be the
difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services
and 181% of Medicare rates. Effective January 1, 2013, the supplemental payment
amount for Type I physician services shall be the difference between the
Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 197% of Medicare
rates. Effective April 8, 2014, the supplemental payment amount for Type I
physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for physician services and 201% of Medicare rates.
c. The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of
the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
d. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later than
90 days after the end of the quarter.
e. Payment will not be made to the extent that the payment
would duplicate payments based on physician costs covered by the supplemental
payments.
17. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
at Virginia freestanding children's hospitals.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Virginia freestanding children's hospital physicians providing
services at freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
inpatient utilization in state fiscal year 2009 for furnished services provided
on or after July 1, 2011. A freestanding children's hospital physician is a
member of a practice group (i) organized by or under control of a qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital, or (ii) who has entered into
contractual agreements for provision of physician services at the qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital and that is designated in writing by
the Virginia freestanding children's hospital as a practice plan for the quarter
for which the supplemental payment is made subject to DMAS approval. The
freestanding children's hospital physicians also must have entered into
contractual agreements with the practice plan for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 1, 2011, the supplemental payment amount for
freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 143% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation described in the Medicare equivalent of the
average commercial rate methodology (see 12VAC30-80-300), subject to the
following reduction. Final payments shall be reduced on a prorated basis so
that total payments for freestanding children's hospital physician services are
$400,000 less annually than would be calculated based on the formula in the
previous sentence. Effective July 1, 2015, the supplemental payment amount
for freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 178% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation for Type I physician services. Payments
shall be made quarterly no later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of the average
commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300 on the same schedule as
Type I physicians.
18. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in the State Plan this chapter, the Department of
Medical Assistance Services provides supplemental payments to physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center for furnished services provided on or after October
1, 2012. A physician affiliated with a publicly funded medical school Eastern
Virginia Medical Center is a physician who is employed by a publicly funded
medical school that is a political subdivision of the Commonwealth of Virginia,
who provides clinical services through the faculty practice plan affiliated
with the publicly funded medical school, and who has entered into contractual agreements
arrangements for the assignment of payments in accordance with 42 CFR
447.10.
b. Effective October 1, 2012 2015, the
supplemental payment amount for services furnished by physicians affiliated
with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 135%
137% of Medicare rates. The methodology for determining the Medicare
equivalent of the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly, no
later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
19. Supplemental payments for services provided by
physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this chapter, DMAS shall make supplemental payments for physicians
employed at a freestanding children's hospital serving children in Planning
District 8 with more than 50% Medicaid inpatient utilization in fiscal year
2014. This applies to physician practices affiliated with Children's National
Health System.
b. The supplemental payment amount for qualifying physician
services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made
and 178% of Medicare rates but no more than $551,000 for all qualifying
physicians. The methodology for determining allowable percent of Medicare rates
is based on the Medicare equivalent of the average commercial rate described in
this chapter.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later
than 90 days after the end of the quarter. Any quarterly payment that would
have been due prior to the approval date shall be made no later than 90 days
after the approval date.
19. 20. Supplemental payments to nonstate
government-owned or operated clinics.
a. In addition to payments for clinic services specified
elsewhere in the regulations, DMAS provides supplemental payments to qualifying
nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics for outpatient
services provided to Medicaid patients on or after July 2, 2002. Clinic means a
facility that is not part of a hospital but is organized and operated to
provide medical care to outpatients. Outpatient services include those
furnished by or under the direction of a physician, dentist or other medical
professional acting within the scope of his license to an eligible individual.
Effective July 1, 2005, a qualifying clinic is a clinic operated by a community
services board. The state share for supplemental clinic payments will be funded
by general fund appropriations.
b. The amount of the supplemental payment made to each
qualifying nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinic is
determined by:
(1) Calculating for each clinic the annual difference between
the upper payment limit attributed to each clinic according to subdivision 19
20 d of this subsection and the amount otherwise actually paid for the
services by the Medicaid program;
(2) Dividing the difference determined in subdivision 19
20 b (1) of this subsection for each qualifying clinic by the aggregate
difference for all such qualifying clinics; and
(3) Multiplying the proportion determined in subdivision 19
20 b (2) of this subsection by the aggregate upper payment limit amount
for all such clinics as determined in accordance with 42 CFR 447.321 less all
payments made to such clinics other than under this section.
c. Payments for furnished services made under this section may
will be made in one or more installments at such times, within the
fiscal year or thereafter, as is determined by DMAS annually in a lump
sum during the last quarter of the fiscal year.
d. To determine the aggregate upper payment limit referred to
in subdivision 19 20 b (3) of this subsection, Medicaid payments
to nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics will be divided by
the "additional factor" whose calculation is described in Attachment
4.19-B, Supplement 4 (12VAC30-80-190 B 2) in regard to the state
agency fee schedule for Resource Based Relative Value Scale. Medicaid payments
will be estimated using payments for dates of service from the prior fiscal
year adjusted for expected claim payments. Additional adjustments will be made
for any program changes in Medicare or Medicaid payments.
20. 21. Personal assistance services (PAS) for
individuals enrolled in the Medicaid Buy-In program described in
12VAC30-60-200. These services are reimbursed in accordance with the state
agency fee schedule described in 12VAC30-80-190. The state agency fee schedule
is published on the DMAS website at http://www.dmas.virginia.gov.
B. Hospice services payments must be no lower than the
amounts using the same methodology used under Part A of Title XVIII, and take
into account the room and board furnished by the facility, equal to at least
95% of the rate that would have been paid by the state under the plan for
facility services in that facility for that individual. Hospice services shall
be paid according to the location of the service delivery and not the location
of the agency's home office.
12VAC30-80-36. Fee-for-service providers: outpatient hospitals.
A. Definitions. The following words and terms when used in
this section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise:
"Enhanced ambulatory patient group" or
"EAPG" means a defined group of outpatient procedures, encounters, or
ancillary services that incorporates International Classification of Diseases
(ICD) diagnosis codes, Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes, and
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) codes.
"EAPG relative weight" means the expected average
costs for each EAPG divided by the relative expected average costs for visits
assigned to all EAPGs.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the EAPG base rate. The base year will change when
the EAPG payment system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings,
DMAS shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Cost" means the reported cost as described in
12VAC30-80-20 A and B.
"Cost-to-charge ratio" equals the hospital's total
costs divided by the hospital's total charges. The cost-to-charge ratio shall
be calculated using data from cost reports from hospital fiscal years ending in
the state fiscal year used as the base year.
"Medicare wage index" means the Medicare wage index
published annually in the Federal Register by the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services. The indices used in this section shall be those in effect in
the base year.
B. Effective January 1, 2014, the prospective enhanced
ambulatory patient group (EAPG) based payment system described in this
subsection shall apply to reimbursement for outpatient hospital services (with
the exception of laboratory services referred to the hospital but not
associated with an outpatient hospital visit, which will be reimbursed
according to the laboratory fee schedule).
1. The payments for outpatient hospital visits shall be
determined on the basis of a hospital-specific base rate per visit multiplied
by the relative weight of the EAPG (and the payment action) assigned for each
of the services performed during a hospital visit.
2. The EAPG relative weights shall be the weights determined
and published periodically by DMAS and shall be consistent with applicable
Medicaid reimbursement limits and policies. The weights shall be updated at
least every three years.
3. The statewide base rate shall be equal to the total costs
described in this subdivision divided by the wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG
weights for each facility. The wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG weights shall
equal the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied by the labor percentage times
the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied
by the nonlabor percentage. The base rate shall be determined for outpatient
hospital services at least every three years so that total expenditures will
equal the following:
a. When using base years prior to January 1, 2014, for all
services, excluding all laboratory services and emergency services described in
subdivision 3 c of this subsection, a percentage of costs as reported in the
available cost reports for the base period for each type of hospital as defined
in 12VAC30-70-221.
(1) Type One hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating reimbursement shall be calculated at 90.2% of cost, and
capital reimbursement shall be at 86% of cost inflated to the rate year.
(2) Type Two hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating and capital reimbursement shall be calculated at 76% of
cost inflated to the rate year.
When using base years after January 1, 2014, the percentages
described in subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted according to
subdivision 3 c of this subsection.
b. Laboratory services, excluding laboratory services referred
to the hospital but not associated with a hospital visit, are calculated at the
fee schedule in effect for the rate year.
c. Services rendered in emergency departments determined to be
nonemergencies as prescribed in 12VAC30-80-20 D 1 b shall be calculated at the
nonemergency reduced rate reported in the base year for base years prior to
January 1, 2014. For base years after January 1, 2014, the cost percentages in
subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted to reflect services paid
at the nonemergency reduced rate in the last year prior to January 1, 2014.
4. Inflation adjustment to base year costs. Each July, the
Virginia moving average values as compiled and published by Global Insight (or
its successor), under contract with DMAS, shall be used to update the base year
costs to the midpoint of the rate year. The most current table available prior
to the effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year
amounts to the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or
its successor) in the moving averages that were used to update rates for
previous state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving
averages that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal
year. Inflation shall be applied to the costs identified in subdivision 3 a of
this subsection. The inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 shall
be 50% of the full inflation adjustment calculated according to this section.
There shall be no inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2018.
5. Hospital-specific base rate. The hospital-specific base
rate per case shall be adjusted for geographic variation. The hospital-specific
base rate shall be equal to the labor portion of the statewide base rate
multiplied by the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the nonlabor percentage
of the statewide base rate. The labor percentage shall be determined at each
rebasing based on the most recently reliable data. For rural hospitals, the
hospital's Medicare wage index used to calculate the base rate shall be the
Medicare wage index of the nearest metropolitan wage area or the effective
Medicare wage index, whichever is higher. A base rate differential of 5.0%
shall be established for freestanding Type Two children's hospitals. The base
rate for non-cost-reporting hospitals shall be the average of the
hospital-specific base rates of in-state Type Two hospitals.
6. The total payment shall represent the total allowable
amount for a visit including ancillary services and capital.
7. The transition from cost-based reimbursement to EAPG
reimbursement shall be transitioned over a four-year period. DMAS shall
calculate a cost-based base rate at January 1, 2014, and at each rebasing
during the transition.
a. Effective for dates of service on or after January 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 75% of the
cost-based base rate and 25% of the EAPG base rate.
b. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 50% of the
cost-based base rate and 50% of the EAPG base rate.
c. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2015,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 25% of the
cost-based base rate and 75% of the EAPG base rate.
d. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2016,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the EAPG base rate.
8. To maintain budget neutrality during the first six years of
the transition to EAPG reimbursement, DMAS shall compare the total
reimbursement of hospital claims based on the parameters in subdivision 3 of
this subsection to EAPG reimbursement every six months based on the six months
of claims ending three months prior to the potential adjustment. If the
percentage difference between the reimbursement target in subdivision 3 of this
subsection and EAPG reimbursement is greater than 1.0%, plus or minus, DMAS
shall adjust the statewide base rate by the percentage difference the following
July 1 or January 1. The first possible adjustment would be January 1, 2015,
using reimbursement between January 1, 2014, and October 31, 2014.
C. The enhanced ambulatory patient group (EAPG) grouper
version used for outpatient hospital services shall be determined by DMAS.
Providers or provider representatives shall be given notice prior to
implementing a new grouper.
D. The primary data sources used in the development of the
EAPG payment methodology are the DMAS hospital computerized claims history file
and the cost report file. The claims history file captures available claims
data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care hospitals. The cost
report file captures audited cost and charge data from all enrolled general
acute care hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that are
used to develop the EAPG payment methodology. DMAS may supplement this data
with similar data for Medicaid services furnished by managed care organizations
if DMAS determines that it is reliable.
Data Elements for EAPG Payment Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital visit
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable claims lines in each EAPG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable claim lines
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital revenue line
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of EAPG assignments
|
Claims history file
|
Cost-to-charge ratio for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Medicare wage index for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-80-180. Establishment of rate per visit for home health
services.
A. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1991,
the Department of Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) shall reimburse home
health agencies (HHAs) at a flat rate per visit for each type of service
rendered by HHAs (i.e., nursing, physical therapy, occupational therapy,
speech-language pathology services, and home health aide services.) In
addition, supplies left in the home and extraordinary transportation costs will
be paid at specific rates.
B. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1993,
DMAS shall establish a flat rate for each level of service for HHAs by peer
group. There shall be three peer groups: (i) the Department of Health's HHAs,
(ii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
Virginia portion of the Washington DC-MD-VA metropolitan statistical area, and
(iii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
rest of Virginia. The use of the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA)
designation of urban metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) shall be
incorporated in determining the appropriate peer group for these
classifications.
The Department of Health's agencies are being placed in a
separate peer group due to their unique cost characteristics (only one
consolidated cost report is filed for all Department of Health agencies).
C. Rates shall be calculated as follows:
1. Each home health agency shall be placed in its appropriate
peer group.
2. Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost per visit
(exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from its 1989
cost-settled Medicaid cost report. Non-Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost
per visit (exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from the 1989
cost-settled Medicaid Cost Reports filed by freestanding HHAs. Costs shall be
inflated to a common point in time (June 30, 1991) by using the percent of
change in the moving average factor of the Data Resources Inc., (DRI), National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket (as published
quarterly).
3. To determine the flat rate per visit effective July 1,
1993, the following methodology shall be utilized:
a. The peer group HHAs per visit rates shall be ranked and weighted
by the number of Medicaid visits per discipline to determine a median rate per
visit for each peer group at July 1, 1991.
b. The HHA's peer group median rate per visit for each peer
group at July 1, 1991, shall be the interim peer group rate for calculating the
update through January 1, 1992. The interim peer group rate shall be updated by
100% of historical inflation from July 1, 1991, through December 31, 1992, and
shall become the final interim peer group rate that shall be updated by 50% of the
forecasted inflation to the end of December 31, 1993, to establish the final
peer group rates. The lower of the final peer group rates or the Medicare upper
limit at January 1, 1993, will be effective for payments from July 1, 1993,
through December 1993.
c. Separate rates shall be provided for the initial
assessment, follow-up, and comprehensive visits for skilled nursing and for the
initial assessment and follow-up visits for physical therapy, occupational
therapy, and speech therapy. The comprehensive rate shall be 200% of the
follow-up rate, and the initial assessment rates shall be $15 higher than the
follow-up rates. The lower of the peer group median or Medicare upper limits
shall be adjusted as appropriate to assure budget neutrality when the higher
rates for the comprehensive and initial assessment visits are calculated.
4. The fee schedule shall be adjusted annually beginning July
1, 2010, based on the percent of change in the moving average of the National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket published by Global
Insight (or its successor) for the second quarter of the calendar year in which
the fiscal year begins. The report shall be the latest published report prior
to the fiscal year. The method to calculate the annual update shall be:
a. All subsequent year peer group rates shall be calculated
utilizing the previous final peer group rate established on July 1.
b. The annual July 1 update shall be compared to the Medicare
upper limit per visit in effect on each January 1, and the HHAs shall receive
the lower of the annual update or the Medicare upper limit per visit as the
final peer group rate.
D. Effective July 1, 2009, the previous inflation increase
effective January 1, 2009, shall be reduced by 50%.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there shall
be no inflation adjustment for home health agencies. Effective July 1, 2017,
through June 30, 2018, the annual fee schedule adjustment for inflation shall
be reduced by 50%.
12VAC30-80-200. Prospective reimbursement for rehabilitation
agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities.
A. Rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient
rehabilitation facilities.
1. Effective for dates of service on and after July 1, 2009,
rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities,
excluding those operated by community services boards or state agencies, shall
be reimbursed a prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee
schedule amount or billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a
statewide fee schedule based on CPT Current Procedural Terminology
(CPT) codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
2. Effective for dates of service on and after October 1,
2009, rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation
facilities, excluding those operated by state agencies shall be reimbursed a
prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee schedule amount or
billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a statewide fee schedule
based on CPT codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
B. Reimbursement for rehabilitation agencies subject to the
new fee schedule methodology.
1. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on June
30, 2009, shall be settled for private rehabilitation agencies based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of June 30, 2009.
2. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on
September 30, 2009, shall be settled for community services boards based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of September 30, 2009.
C. Beginning with state fiscal years beginning on or after
July 1, 2010, rates shall be adjusted annually for inflation using the
Virginia-specific nursing home input price index contracted for by the agency.
The agency shall use the percent moving average for the quarter ending at the
midpoint of the rate year from the most recently available index prior to the
beginning of the rate year.
D. Reimbursement for physical therapy, occupational therapy,
and speech-language therapy services shall not be provided for any sums that
the rehabilitation provider collects, or is entitled to collect, from the
nursing facility or any other available source, and provided further, that this
subsection shall in no way diminish any obligation of the nursing facility to
DMAS to provide its residents such services, as set forth in any applicable
provider agreement.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there will
be no inflation adjustment for outpatient rehabilitation facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2018, outpatient rehabilitation facilities will
receive a rate adjustment equal to 50% of inflation as calculated in subsection
C of this section.
12VAC30-90-44. Nursing facility price-based reimbursement
methodology.
A. Effective July 1, 2014, DMAS shall convert nursing
facility operating rates in 12VAC30-90-41 to a price-based methodology. The
department shall calculate prospective operating rates for direct and indirect
costs in the following manner:
1. The department shall calculate the cost per day in the base
year for direct and indirect operating costs for each nursing facility. The
department shall use existing definitions of direct and indirect costs.
2. The initial base year for calculating the cost per day
shall be cost reports ending in calendar year 2011. The department shall rebase
prices in fiscal year 2018 and every three years thereafter using the most
recent, reliable calendar year cost-settled cost reports for freestanding
nursing facilities that have been completed as of September 1. No adjustments
will be made to the base year data for purposes of rate setting after that
date.
3. Each nursing facility's direct cost per day shall be
neutralized by dividing the direct cost per day by the raw Medicaid facility
case-mix that corresponds to the base year by facility.
4. Costs per day shall be inflated to the midpoint of the
fiscal year rate period using the moving average Virginia Nursing Home
inflation index for the fourth quarter of each year (the midpoint of the fiscal
year). Costs in the 2011 base year shall be inflated from the midpoint of the
cost report year to the midpoint of fiscal year 2012 by prorating fiscal year
2012 inflation and annual inflation after that. Annual inflation adjustments
shall be based on the last available report prior to the beginning of the
fiscal year and corrected for any revisions to prior year inflation. Effective
July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2016, the inflation adjustment for nursing
facility operating rates shall be 0.0%.
5. Prices will be established for the peer groups described in
this section using a combination of Medicare wage regions and Medicaid rural
and bed size modifications based on similar costs.
6. The following definitions shall apply to direct peer
groups. The Northern Virginia peer group shall be defined as localities in the
Washington DC-MD-VA MSA as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) for skilled nursing facility rates. The Other MSA MSAs
peer group includes localities in any MSA defined by CMS other than the
Northern Virginia MSA and non-MSA designations. The Rural peer groups are
non-MSA areas of the state divided into Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer
groups based on drawing a line between the following points on the Commonwealth
of Virginia map with the coordinates: 37.4203914 Latitude, 82.0201219 Longitude
and 37.1223664 Latitude, 76.3457773 Longitude. Direct peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia,
b. Other MSAs,
c. Northern Rural, and
d. Southern Rural.
7. The following definitions shall apply to indirect peer
groups. The indirect peer group for Northern Virginia is the same as the direct
peer group for Northern Virginia. Rest of State peer groups shall be defined as
any localities other than localities in the Northern Virginia peer group for
nursing facilities with greater than 60 beds or 60 beds or less. Rest of State
- Greater than 60 Beds shall be further subdivided into Other MSA MSAs,
Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer groups using the locality definitions
for direct peer groups. Indirect peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia MSA,
b. Rest of State - Greater than 60 Beds,
c. Other MSAs,
d. Northern Rural, and
e. Southern Rural.
Rest of State - 60 Beds or Less.
8. Any changes to peer group assignment based on changes in
bed size or MSA will be implemented for reimbursement purposes the July 1
following the effective date of the change. For rebasings effective on or
after July 1, 2020, the department shall move nursing facilities located in the
former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area to the Other MSAs peer group.
9. The direct and indirect price for each peer group shall be
based on the following adjustment factors:
a. Direct adjustment factor - 105.000% of the peer group
day-weighted median neutralized and inflated cost per day for freestanding
nursing facilities. Effective July 1, 2017, the direct adjustment factor
shall be 106.8% of the peer group day-weighted median neutralized and inflated
cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
b. Indirect adjustment factor - 100.735% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, the indirect adjustment factor shall be 101.3% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
10. Facilities with costs projected to the rate year below 95%
of the price shall have an adjusted price equal to the price minus the
difference between the facility's cost and 95% of the unadjusted price.
Adjusted prices will be established at each rebasing. New facilities after the
base year shall not have an adjusted price until the next rebasing.
11. Special circumstances.
a. Effective July 1, 2017, the department shall increase
the direct and indirect operating rates under the nursing facility price based
reimbursement methodology by 15% for nursing facilities where at least 80% of
the resident population has one or more of the following diagnoses:
quadriplegia, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis, paraplegia, or
cerebral palsy. In addition, a qualifying facility must have at least 90%
Medicaid utilization and a nursing facility case-mix index of 1.15 or higher in
fiscal year 2014.
b. Effective July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2020, nursing
facilities located in the former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area shall
be paid the operating rates calculated for the Other MSAs peer group.
11. 12. Individual claim payment for direct
costs shall be based on each resident's Resource Utilization Group (RUG) during
the service period times the facility direct price.
12. 13. Resource Utilization Group (RUG) is a
resident classification system that groups nursing facility residents according
to resource utilization and assigns weights related to the resource utilization
for each classification. The department shall use RUGs to determine facility
case-mix for cost neutralization as defined in 12VAC30-90-306 in determining
the direct costs used in setting the price and for adjusting the claim payments
for residents.
a. The department shall neutralize direct costs per day in the
base year using the most current RUG grouper applicable to the base year.
b. The department shall utilize RUG-III, version 34 groups and
weights in fiscal years 2015 through 2017 for claim payments.
c. Beginning in fiscal year 2018, the department shall
implement RUG-IV, version 48 Medicaid groups and weights for claim payments.
d. RUG-IV, version 48 weights used for claim payments will be
normalized to RUG-III, version 34 weights as long as base year costs are
neutralized by the RUG-III 34 group. In that the weights are not the same under
RUG-IV as under RUG-III, normalization will ensure that total direct operating
payments using the RUG-IV 48 weights will be the same as total direct operating
payments using the RUG-III 34 grouper.
B. Transition. The department shall transition to the
price-based methodology over a period of four years, blending the adjusted
price-based rate with the facility-specific case-mix neutral cost-based rate
calculated according to 12VAC30-90-41 as if ceilings had been rebased for
fiscal year 2015. The cost-based rates are calculated using the 2011 base year
data, inflated to 2015 using the inflation methodology in 12VAC30-90-41 and
adjusted to state fiscal year 2015. In subsequent years of the transition, the
cost-based rates shall be increased by inflation described in this section.
1. Based on a four-year transition, the rate will be based on
the following blend:
a. Fiscal year 2015 - 25% of the adjusted price-based rate and
75% of the cost-based rate.
b. Fiscal year 2016 - 50% of the adjusted price-based rate and
50% of the cost-based rate.
c. Fiscal year 2017 - 75% of the adjusted price-based rate and
25% of the cost-based rate.
d. Fiscal year 2018 - 100% of the adjusted price-based (fully
implemented).
2. During the first transition year for the period July 1,
2014, through October 31, 2014, DMAS shall case-mix adjust each facility's
direct cost component of the rates using the average facility case-mix from the
two most recent finalized quarters (September and December 2013) instead of
adjusting this component claim by claim.
3. Cost-based rates to be used in the transition for
facilities without cost data in the base year but placed in service prior to
July 1, 2013, shall be determined based on the most recently settled cost data.
If there is no settled cost report at the beginning of a fiscal year, then 100%
of the price-based rate shall be used for that fiscal year. Facilities placed
in service after June 30, 2013, shall be paid 100% of the price-based rate.
4. Effective July 1, 2015, nursing facilities whose licensed
bed capacity decreased by at least 30 beds after 2011 and whose occupancy
increased from less than 70% in 2011 to more than 80% in 2013 shall be
reimbursed the price-based operating rate rather than the transition operating
rate.
C. Prospective capital rates shall be calculated in the
following manner:
1. Fair rental value (FRV) per diem rates for the fiscal year
shall be calculated for all freestanding nursing facilities based on the prior calendar
year information aged to the fiscal year and using RS Means factors and rental
rates corresponding to the fiscal year as prescribed in 12VAC30-90-36. There
will be no separate calculation for beds subject to or not subject to
transition.
2. Nursing facilities that put into service a major renovation
or new beds may request a mid-year fair rental value per diem rate change.
a. A major renovation shall be defined as an increase in
capital of $3,000 per bed. The nursing facility shall submit complete pro forma
documentation at least 60 days prior to the effective date, and the new rate
shall be effective at the beginning of the month following the end of the 60
days.
b. The provider shall submit final documentation within 60
days of the new rate effective date, and the department shall review final
documentation and modify the rate if necessary effective 90 days after the
implementation of the new rate. No mid-year rate changes shall be made for an
effective date after April 30 of the fiscal year.
3. These FRV changes shall also apply to specialized care
facilities.
4. The capital per diem rate for hospital-based nursing
facilities shall be the last settled capital per diem.
Subpart XVII
Specialized Care Services
12VAC30-90-264. Specialized care services.
Specialized care services provided in conformance with
12VAC30-60-40 E and H, 12VAC30-60-320, and 12VAC30-60-340 shall be reimbursed
under the following methodology. The nursing facilities that provide adult
specialized care for the categories of Ventilator Dependent Care, will be
placed in one group for rate determination. The nursing facilities that provide
pediatric specialized care in a dedicated pediatric unit of eight beds or more
will be placed in a second group for rate determination.
1. Routine operating cost. Routine operating cost shall be
defined as in 12VAC30-90-271 and 12VAC30-90-272. To calculate the routine
operating cost reimbursement rate, routine operating cost shall be converted to
a per diem amount by dividing it by actual patient days. Effective July 1,
2016, the base year for routine operating cost shall be the most recently
settled cost reports with a fiscal year ending in a calendar year for all
specialized care facilities as of the end of the calendar year prior to the
prospective rate year.
2. Allowable cost identification and cost reimbursement
limitations. The provisions of Article 5 (12VAC30-90-50 et seq.) of Subpart II
of Part II of this chapter and of Appendix III (12VAC30-90-290) of Part III of
this chapter shall apply to specialized care cost and reimbursement.
3. Routine operating cost rates. Each facility shall be
reimbursed a prospective rate for routine operating costs. This rate will be
the lesser of the facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling, or the
facility-specific prospective routine operating cost per day plus an efficiency
incentive. This efficiency incentive shall be calculated by the same method as
in 12VAC30-90-41.
4. Facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling.
Each nursing facility's prospective routine operating ceiling shall be
calculated as:
a. Statewide ceiling. The statewide routine operating ceiling
shall be $415 as of July 1, 2002. This routine operating ceiling amount shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016,
the routine operating ceiling shall be $573.09 as of state fiscal year 2015 and
shall be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC-30-90-44 to the upcoming state
fiscal year, the prospective rate year.
b. The portion of the statewide routine operating ceiling
relating to nursing salaries (as determined by the 1994 audited cost report
data, or 67.22%) will be wage adjusted using a normalized wage index. The
normalized wage index shall be the wage index applicable to the individual provider's
geographic location under Medicare rules of reimbursement for skilled nursing
facilities, divided by the statewide average of such wage indices across the
state. This normalization of wage indices shall be updated January 1, after
each time the CMS publishes wage indices for skilled nursing facilities.
Updated normalization shall be effective for fiscal years starting on and after
the January 1 for which the normalization is calculated. Effective July 1,
2016, the normalized wage index for the federal fiscal year following the base
year shall be applied to the state fiscal year ceiling.
5. Facility-specific prospective routine operating base cost
per day. The facility-specific routine operating cost per day to be used in the
calculation of the routine operating rate and the efficiency incentive shall be
the actual routine cost per day from the most recent fiscal year's cost report,
adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016, the
routine operating base cost per day in subdivision 1 of this subsection shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-44 to the upcoming state fiscal
year, the prospective rate year.
6. Interim rates. Interim rates, for processing claims during
the year, shall be calculated from the most recent settled cost report
available at the time the interim rates must be set, except that failure to
submit a cost report timely may result in adjustment to interim rates as
provided elsewhere. Effective July 1, 2016, this subdivision is no longer
applicable.
7. Ancillary costs. Specialized care ancillary costs will be
paid on a pass-through basis for those Medicaid specialized care patients who
do not have Medicare or any other sufficient third-party insurance coverage.
Ancillary costs will be reimbursed as follows:
a. All covered ancillary services, except kinetic therapy
devices, will be reimbursed for reasonable costs as defined in the current
NHPS. Effective for specialized care days on or after January 15, 2007,
reimbursement for reasonable costs shall be subject to a ceiling. The ceiling
shall be $238.81 per day for calendar year 2004 (150% of average costs) and
shall be inflated to the appropriate provider fiscal year. For cost report
years beginning in each calendar year, ancillary ceilings will be inflated
based on 12VAC30-90-41. See 12VAC30-90-290 for the cost reimbursement
limitations. Effective July 1, 2016, the ancillary ceiling of $300.38 in
state fiscal year 2015, inclusive of kinetic therapy devices, shall be adjusted
for inflation to the prospective rate year based on 12VAC30-90-44.
b. Kinetic therapy devices will have a limit per day (based on
1994 audited cost report data inflated to the rate period). See 12VAC30-90-290
for the cost reimbursement limitations.
c. Kinetic therapy devices will be reimbursed only if a
resident is being treated for wounds that meet the following wound care
criteria. Residents receiving this wound care must require kinetic bed therapy
(that is, low air loss mattresses, fluidized beds, and/or rotating/turning
beds or rotating or turning beds) and require treatment for a grade
(stage) IV decubitus, a large surgical wound that cannot be closed, or second
to third degree burns covering more than 10% of the body.
8. Covered ancillary services are defined as follows: laboratory,
X-ray, medical supplies (e.g., infusion pumps, incontinence supplies), physical
therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, inhalation therapy, IV therapy,
enteral feedings, and kinetic therapy. The following are not specialized care
ancillary services and are excluded from specialized care reimbursement:
physician services, psychologist services, total parenteral nutrition (TPN),
and drugs. These services must be separately billed to DMAS. An interim rate
for the covered ancillary services will be determined (using data from the most
recent settled cost report) by dividing allowable ancillary costs by the number
of patient days for the same cost reporting period. The interim rate will be
retroactively cost settled based on the specialized care nursing facility cost
reporting period.
9. Capital costs. Effective July 1, 2001 2016,
capital cost reimbursement rate shall be based on subsection C of
12VAC30-90-44 in accordance with 12VAC30-90-35 through,
12VAC30-90-36, and 12VAC30-90-37, except that the required occupancy
percentage shall not be separately applied to specialized care. Capital cost
related to specialized care patients will be cost settled on the respective
nursing facility's cost reporting period. In this cost settlement, the required
occupancy percentage shall be applied to all the nursing facility's licensed
nursing facility beds, inclusive of specialized care. To determine the
capital cost related to specialized care patients, the following calculation
shall be applied.
a. Licensed beds, including specialized care beds, multiplied
by days in the cost reporting period, shall equal available days.
b. The required occupancy days shall equal the required
occupancy percentage multiplied by available days.
c. The required occupancy days minus actual resident days,
including specialized care days, shall equal the shortfall of days. If the
shortfall of days is negative, the shortfall of days shall be zero.
d. Actual resident days, not including specialized care days,
plus the shortfall of days shall equal the minimum number of days to be used to
calculate the capital cost per day.
10. Nurse aide training and competency evaluation programs and
competency evaluation programs (NATCEP) costs. NATCEP costs will be paid on
a pass-through basis in accordance with the current NHPS. Effective July 1,
2016, NATCEP costs shall be paid on a prospective basis in accordance with
12VAC30-90-170.
11. Pediatric routine operating cost rate. For pediatric
specialized care in a distinct part pediatric specialized care unit, one
routine operating cost ceiling will be developed. The routine operating cost
ceiling will be $418 as of July 1, 2002. Effective July 1, 2016, the
pediatric routine operating cost ceiling shall be $577.24.
a. The statewide operating ceiling shall be adjusted for each
nursing facility in the same manner as described in subdivision 4 of this
section.
b. The final routine operating cost reimbursement rate shall
be computed as described for other than pediatric units in subdivision 3 of
this section.
12. Pediatric unit capital cost. Pediatric unit capital costs
will be reimbursed in accordance with the current NHPS subdivision 9
of this section, except that the occupancy requirement shall be 70% rather
than the required occupancy percentage.
13. The cost reporting requirements of 12VAC30-90-70 and
12VAC30-90-80 shall apply to specialized care providers.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5178; Filed December 28, 2017, 2:43 p.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICES
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Department of Medical Assistance Services is claiming an exemption from Article
2 of the Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 4 a of
the Code of Virginia, which excludes regulations that are necessary to conform
to changes in Virginia statutory law where no agency discretion is involved.
The Department of Medical Assistance Services will receive, consider, and
respond to petitions by any interested person at any time with respect to
reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 12VAC30-70. Methods and
Standards for Establishing Payment Rates - Inpatient Hospital Services (amending 12VAC30-70-221, 12VAC30-70-281,
12VAC30-70-291, 12VAC30-70-351, 12VAC30-70-381).
12VAC30-80. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates; Other Types of Care (amending 12VAC30-80-30, 12VAC30-80-36, 12VAC30-80-180,
12VAC30-80-200).
12VAC30-90. Methods and Standards for Establishing Payment
Rates for Long-Term Care (amending 12VAC30-90-44, 12VAC30-90-264).
Statutory Authority: § 32.1-325 of the Code of
Virginia; 42 USC § 1396 et seq.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Emily McClellan, Regulatory Supervisor,
Policy Division, Department of Medical Assistance Services, 600 East Broad
Street, Suite 1300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804) 371-4300, FAX (804)
786-1680, or email emily.mcclellan@dmas.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments:
1. At 12VAC30-70-221 and 12VAC30-70-381, change the
methodology for cost claims used to rebase weights to a methodology that uses
per-diems and cost-to-charge ratios by cost center for the fee-for-service and
managed care claims, effective July 1, 2016. In a similar fashion, each
hospital's total costs by claim using this methodology is divided by the total
charges for the hospital cost-to-charge ratio.
2. At 12VAC30-70-281 and 12VAC30-70-291, update the
regulation to indicate that effective July 1, 2017, (i) the Department of
Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) increases the formula for indirect medical
education (IME) for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 as a substitute for disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) payments to be identical to the formula used for Type One
hospitals and (ii) supplemental payments shall be made for medical residency
slots for primary care, high need specialties, and underserved areas to the
following hospitals for the specified number of primary residencies: Sentara
Norfolk General, Carilion Medical Center, Centra Lynchburg Hospital, Riverside
Regional Medical Center, and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center.
3. At 12VAC30-70-351, reduce state fiscal year (FY) 2017
inflation by 50% for inpatient hospital operating rates, freestanding
psychiatric hospitals, graduate medical expenses, and DSH. In FY 2018, the
inflation adjustment is eliminated.
4. At 12VAC30-80-30, (i) eliminate subdivision A 1 related
to limitations for emergency physician services; (ii) at subdivision A 17 b,
include information regarding how supplemental payments are calculated for
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2015; and (iii)
add a new subdivision A 19 regarding supplemental payments for services provided
by physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8 (Children's National Health System).
5. At 12VAC30-80-36 B 4 a, add language regarding the
inflation adjustment to hospital costs, limiting the adjustment for inflation
to 50% of inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 and eliminating
inflation in state fiscal year 2018.
6. At 12VAC30-80-180 and 12VAC30-80-200, limit the
inflation to 50% of inflation for home health and outpatient rehabilitation
agencies in fiscal year 2018.
7. At 12VAC30-90-44, update the price for each nursing
facility peer group and other changes to peer groups.
8. At 12VAC30-90-264, convert the specialized care rate
methodology to a fully prospective state fiscal year rate, effective July 1,
2016, consistent with the existing cost-based methodology by adding inflation
to the per diem costs subject to existing ceilings for direct, indirect, and
ancillary costs from the most recent settled cost report prior to the state
fiscal year for which the rates are being established. DMAS shall use the state
fiscal year inflation rate recently adopted for regular nursing facilities.
Partial year inflation shall be applied to per diem costs if the provider
fiscal year end is different than the state fiscal year. Ceilings shall also be
maintained by state fiscal year.
The amendments conform the regulations to Chapter 665 of
the 2015 Acts of Assembly, Chapter 780 of the 2016 Acts of Assembly, and
Chapter 836 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly.
Article 2
Prospective (DRG-Based) Payment Methodology
12VAC30-70-221. General.
A. Effective July 1, 2000, the prospective (DRG-based)
payment system described in this article shall apply to inpatient hospital
services provided in enrolled general acute care hospitals, rehabilitation
hospitals, and freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals,
unless otherwise noted.
B. The following methodologies shall apply under the
prospective payment system:
1. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-231, operating payments for DRG
cases that are not transfer cases shall be determined on the basis of a
hospital specific operating rate per case times relative weight of the DRG to
which the case is assigned.
2. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-241, operating payments for per
diem cases shall be determined on the basis of a hospital specific operating
rate per day times the covered days for the case with the exception of payments
for per diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities. Payments for per
diem cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals shall
be determined on the basis of a hospital specific rate per day that represents
an all-inclusive payment for operating and capital costs.
3. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-251, operating payments for
transfer cases shall be determined as follows: (i) the transferring hospital
shall receive an operating per diem payment, not to exceed the DRG operating
payment that would have otherwise been made and (ii) the final discharging
hospital shall receive the full DRG operating payment.
4. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-261, additional operating
payments shall be made for outlier cases. These additional payments shall be
added to the operating payments determined in subdivisions 1 and 3 of this
subsection.
5. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-271, payments for capital costs
shall be made on an allowable cost basis.
6. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-281, payments for direct
medical education costs of nursing schools and paramedical programs shall be
made on an allowable cost basis. For Type Two hospitals, payment for direct
graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns and residents shall be made
quarterly on a prospective basis, subject to cost settlement based on the number
of full time full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the cost report. Effective April 1, 2012, payment for direct GME
for interns and residents for Type One hospitals shall be 100% of allowable
costs.
7. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-291, payments for indirect
medical education costs shall be made quarterly on a prospective basis.
8. As stipulated in 12VAC30-70-301, payments to hospitals that
qualify as disproportionate share hospitals shall be made quarterly on a
prospective basis.
C. The terms used in this article shall be defined as
provided in this subsection:
"AP-DRG" means all patient diagnosis related
groups.
"APR-DRG" means all patient refined diagnosis
related groups.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the DRG relative weights, the hospital case-mix
indices, the base year standardized operating costs per case, and the base year
standardized operating costs per day. The base year will change when the DRG payment
system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings, the Commonwealth
shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Base year standardized costs per case" means the
statewide average hospital costs per discharge for DRG cases in the base year.
The standardization process removes the effects of case-mix and regional
variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis.
"Base year standardized
costs per day" means the statewide average hospital costs per day for per
diem cases in the base year. The standardization process removes the effects of
regional variations in wages from the claims data and places all hospitals on a
comparable basis. Base year standardized costs per day were calculated
separately, but using the same calculation methodology, for the different types
of per diem cases identified in this subsection under the definition of
"per diem cases."
"Cost" means allowable cost as defined in
Supplement 3 (12VAC30-70-10 through 12VAC30-70-130) and by Medicare principles
of reimbursement.
"Disproportionate share
hospital" means a hospital that meets the following criteria:
1. A Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate in excess of 14%, or a low-income patient utilization rate
exceeding 25% (as defined in the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 and
as amended by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988); and
2. At least two obstetricians
with staff privileges at the hospital who have agreed to provide obstetric
services to individuals entitled to such services under a state Medicaid plan.
In the case of a hospital located in a rural area (that is, an area outside of
a Metropolitan Statistical Area as defined by the Executive Office of
Management and Budget), the term "obstetrician" includes any
physician with staff privileges at the hospital to perform nonemergency
obstetric procedures.
3. Subdivision 2 of this
definition does not apply to a hospital:
a. At which the inpatients are
predominantly individuals under 18 years of age; or
b. Which does not offer
nonemergency obstetric services as of December 21, 1987.
"DRG" means diagnosis related groups.
"DRG cases" means medical/surgical medical
or surgical cases subject to payment on the basis of DRGs. DRG cases do not
include per diem cases.
"DRG relative weight" means the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to that DRG divided by the average
standardized costs for cases assigned to all DRGs.
"Groupable cases"
means DRG cases having coding data of sufficient quality to support DRG
assignment.
"Hospital case-mix
index" means the weighted average DRG relative weight for all cases
occurring at that hospital.
"Medicaid utilization percentage" or "Medicaid
inpatient utilization rate" is equal to the hospital's total Medicaid
inpatient days divided by the hospital's total inpatient days for a given
hospital fiscal year. The Medicaid utilization percentage or Medicaid inpatient
utilization rate includes days associated with inpatient hospital services provided
to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated managed care providers. This
definition includes all paid Medicaid days and nonpaid/denied nonpaid
or denied Medicaid days to include medically unnecessary days,
inappropriate level of care service days, and days that exceed any maximum day
limits (with appropriate documentation). The definition of Medicaid days does
not include any general assistance, Family Access to Medical Insurance Security
(FAMIS), State and Local Hospitalization (SLH), charity care, low-income care,
indigent care, uncompensated care, bad debt, or Medicare dually eligible days.
It does not include days for newborns not enrolled in Medicaid during the
fiscal year even though the mother was Medicaid eligible during the
birth. Effective July 1, 2014, the definition for Medicaid utilization
percentage or Medicaid inpatient utilization rate is defined in 12VAC30-70-301
C.
"Medicare wage index" and the "Medicare
geographic adjustment factor" are published annually in the Federal
Register by the Health Care Financing Administration. The indices and factors
used in this article shall be those in effect in the base year.
"Operating cost-to-charge ratio" equals the
hospital's total operating costs, less any applicable operating costs for a
psychiatric distinct part unit (DPU), divided by the hospital's total charges,
less any applicable charges for a psychiatric DPU. The operating
cost-to-charge ratio costs shall be calculated using data from
cost reports from hospital fiscal years by multiplying the per diems and
ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each hospital's cost ending in the
state fiscal year used as the base year to the corresponding days and
ancillary charges by revenue code for each hospital's groupable cases.
"Outlier adjustment factor" means a fixed factor
published annually in the Federal Register by the Health Care Financing
Administration. The factor used in this article shall be the one in effect in
the base year.
"Outlier cases" means those DRG cases, including
transfer cases, in which the hospital's adjusted operating cost for the case
exceeds the hospital's operating outlier threshold for the case.
"Outlier operating fixed loss threshold" means a
fixed dollar amount applicable to all hospitals that shall be calculated in the
base year so as to result in an expenditure for outliers operating payments
equal to 5.1% of total operating payments for DRG cases. The threshold shall be
updated in subsequent years using the same inflation values applied to hospital
rates.
"Per diem cases" means cases subject to per diem
payment and includes (i) covered psychiatric cases in general acute care
hospitals and distinct part units (DPUs) of general acute care hospitals
(hereinafter "acute care psychiatric cases"), (ii) covered
psychiatric cases in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals
(hereinafter "freestanding psychiatric cases"), and (iii)
rehabilitation cases in general acute care hospitals and rehabilitation
hospitals (hereinafter "rehabilitation cases").
"Psychiatric cases" means cases with a principal
diagnosis that is a mental disorder as specified in the ICD, as defined in
12VAC30-95-5. Not all mental disorders are covered. For coverage information,
see Amount, Duration, and Scope of Services, Supplement 1 to Attachment 3.1 A
& B (12VAC30-50-95 through 12VAC30-50-310). The limit of coverage of 21
days in a 60-day period for the same or similar diagnosis shall continue to
apply to adult psychiatric cases.
"Psychiatric operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
the psychiatric DPU of a general acute care hospital means the hospital's
operating costs for a psychiatric DPU divided by the hospital's charges for a
psychiatric DPU. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as described
in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in this
subsection, using data from psychiatric DPUs.
"Readmissions" means when patients are readmitted
to the same hospital for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
discharge. Such cases shall be considered a continuation of the same stay and
shall not be treated as new cases. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD
diagnosis codes possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Rehabilitation operating cost-to-charge ratio" for
a rehabilitation unit or hospital means the provider's operating costs divided
by the provider's charges. In the base year, this ratio shall be calculated as
described in the definition of "operating cost-to-charge ratio" in
this subsection, using data from rehabilitation units or hospitals.
"Statewide average labor portion of operating
costs" means a fixed percentage applicable to all hospitals. The
percentage shall be periodically revised using the most recent reliable data
from the Virginia Health Information (VHI), or its successor.
"Transfer cases" means DRG cases involving patients
(i) who are transferred from one general acute care hospital to another for
related care or (ii) who are discharged from one general acute care hospital
and admitted to another for the same or a similar diagnosis within five days of
that discharge. Similar diagnoses shall be defined as ICD diagnosis codes
possessing the same first three digits. As used here, the term "ICD"
is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
"Type One hospitals" means those hospitals that
were state-owned teaching hospitals on January 1, 1996.
"Type Two hospitals" means all other hospitals.
"Uncompensated care costs" or "UCC" means
unreimbursed costs incurred by hospitals from serving self-pay, charity, or
Medicaid patients without regard to disproportionate share adjustment payments.
"Ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 469
(principal diagnosis invalid as discharge diagnosis) and DRG 470 (ungroupable)
as determined by the AP-DRG Grouper. Effective October 1, 2014,
"ungroupable cases" means cases assigned to DRG 955 (ungroupable) and
DRG 956 (ungroupable) as determined by the APR-DRG grouper.
D. The all patient diagnosis related groups (AP-DRG) grouper
shall be used in the DRG payment system. Effective October 1, 2014, DMAS shall
replace the AP-DRG grouper with the all patient refined diagnosis related
groups (APR-DRG) grouper for hospital inpatient reimbursement. The APR-DRG
grouper will produce a DRG as well as a severity level ranging from 1 to 4.
DMAS shall phase in the APR-DRG weights by blending in 50% of the full APR-DRG
weights with 50% of fiscal year (FY) 2014 AP-DRG weights for each APR-DRG group
and severity level in the first year. In the second year, the blend will be 75%
of full APR-DRG weights and 25% of the FY 2014 AP-DRG weights. Full APR-DRG
weights shall be used in the third year and succeeding years for each APR-DRG
group and severity. DMAS shall notify hospitals when updating the system to
later grouper versions.
E. The primary data sources used in the development of the
DRG payment methodology were the department's hospital computerized claims
history file and the cost report file. The claims history file captures
available claims data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care
hospitals, including Type One hospitals. The cost report file captures audited
cost and charge data from all enrolled general acute care hospitals, including
Type One hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that were
used to develop the DRG payment methodology and that will be used when the
system is recalibrated and rebased.
Data Elements for DRG Payment
Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each
groupable case
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable cases in
each DRG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable
cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each DRG
case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of DRG cases
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each acute
care psychiatric case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of acute care
psychiatric days for each acute care hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each
freestanding psychiatric case
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total number of psychiatric
days for each freestanding psychiatric hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Total charges for each
rehabilitation case
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of rehabilitation
days for each acute care and freestanding rehabilitation hospital
|
Claims history file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Operating cost-to-charge ratio
for each freestanding psychiatric facility licensed as a hospital
|
Medicare cost reports
|
Psychiatric operating
cost-to-charge ratio for the psychiatric DPU of each general acute care
hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Rehabilitation cost-to-charge
ratio for each rehabilitation unit or hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Statewide average labor
portion of operating costs
|
VHI
|
Medicare wage index for each
hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Medicare geographic adjustment
factor for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
Outlier operating fixed loss
threshold
|
Claims history file
|
Outlier adjustment factor
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-70-281. Payment for direct medical education costs of
nursing schools, paramedical programs, and graduate medical education for
interns and residents.
A. Direct medical education costs of nursing schools and
paramedical programs shall continue to be paid on an allowable cost basis.
1. Payments for these direct medical education costs shall be
made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's
fiscal year end.
2. Final payment for these direct medical education (DMedEd)
costs shall be the sum of the fee-for-service DMedEd payment and the managed
care DMedEd payment. Fee-for-service DMedEd payment is the ratio of Medicaid
inpatient costs to total allowable costs, times total DMedEd costs. Managed
care DMedEd payment is equal to the managed care days times the ratio of
fee-for-service DMedEd payments to fee-for-service days.
B. Effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or
after July 1, 2002, direct graduate medical education (GME) costs for interns
and residents shall be reimbursed on a per-resident prospective basis, subject
to cost settlement as outlined in this subsection except that on or after April
1, 2012, payment for direct GME for interns and residents for Type One
hospitals shall be 100% of allowable costs as outlined in subsection C of this
section.
1. The methodology provides for the determination of a
hospital-specific base period per-resident amount to initially be calculated
from cost reports with fiscal years ending in state fiscal year 1998 or as may
be rebased in the future and provided to the public in an agency guidance
document. The per resident per-resident amount for new qualifying
facilities shall be calculated from the most recently settled cost report. This
per-resident amount shall be calculated by dividing a hospital's Medicaid
allowable direct GME costs for the base period by its number of interns and
residents in the base period yielding the base amount.
2. The base amount shall be updated annually by the moving
average values in the Virginia-Specific Hospital Input Price Index as described
in 12VAC30-70-351. The updated per-resident base amount will then be multiplied
by the weighted number of full-time equivalent (FTE) interns and residents as
reported on the annual cost report to determine the total Medicaid direct GME
amount allowable for each year. Payments for direct GME costs shall be made in
estimated quarterly lump sum amounts and settled at the hospital's fiscal year
end based on the actual number of FTEs reported in the cost reporting period.
The total Medicaid direct GME allowable amount shall be allocated to inpatient
and outpatient services based on Medicaid's share of costs under each part.
C. Effective April 1, 2012, Type One hospitals shall be
reimbursed 100% of Medicaid allowable fee-for-service (FFS) and managed care
organization (MCO) GME costs for interns and residents.
1. Type One hospitals shall submit annually separate FFS and
MCO GME cost schedules, approved by the agency, using GME per diems and GME
ratios of cost to charges (RCCs) from the Medicare and Medicaid cost reports
and FFS and MCO days and charges. Type One hospitals shall provide information
on managed care days and charges in a format similar to FFS.
2. Interim lump sum GME payments for interns and residents
shall be made quarterly based on the total cost from the most recently audited
cost report divided by four and will be final settled in the audited cost
report for the fiscal year end in which the payments are made.
D. Direct medical education shall not be a reimbursable cost
in freestanding psychiatric facilities licensed as hospitals.
E. Effective July 1, 2017, the Department of Medical
Assistance Services (DMAS) shall make supplemental payments to the following
hospitals for the specified number of primary care residencies: Sentara Norfolk
General (two residencies), Carilion Medical Center (six residencies), Centra
Lynchburg General Hospital (one residency), Riverside Regional Medical Center
(two residencies), and Bon Secours St. Francis Medical Center (two
residencies). DMAS shall make supplemental payments to Carilion Medical Center
for two psychiatric residencies. The supplemental payment for each residency
shall be $100,000 annually minus any Medicare residency payment for which the
hospital is eligible. Supplemental payments shall be made for up to four years
for each new qualifying resident. A hospital will be eligible for the
supplemental payments as long as the hospital maintains the number of residency
slots in total and by category. Payments shall be made quarterly following the
same schedule for other medical education payments. Subsequent to the new award
of a supplemental payment, the hospital must provide documentation annually by
August 1, 2017, that it continues to meet the criteria for the supplemental
payments and must report any changes during the year to the number of
residents.
12VAC30-70-291. Payment for indirect medical education costs.
A. Hospitals shall be eligible to receive payments for
indirect medical education (IME). Out-of-state cost reporting hospitals are
eligible for this payment only if they have Virginia Medicaid utilization in
the base year of at least 12% of total Medicaid days. These payments recognize
the increased use of ancillary services associated with the educational process
and the higher case-mix intensity of teaching hospitals. The payments for
indirect medical education shall be made in estimated quarterly lump sum amounts
and settled at the hospital's fiscal year end.
B. Final payment for IME shall be determined as follows:
1. Type One hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (this formula also applies to Children's Hospital of
the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2013):
IME Percentage for Type One Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X (IME Factor)
An IME factor shall be calculated for each Type One hospital
and shall equal a factor that, when used in the calculation of the IME
percentage, shall cause the resulting IME payments to equal what the IME
payments would be with an IME factor of one, plus an amount equal to the
difference between operating payments using the adjustment factor specified in
subdivision B 1 of 12VAC30-70-331 and operating payments using an adjustment
factor of one in place of the adjustment factor specified in subdivision B 1 of
12VAC30-70-331.
2. Type Two hospitals shall receive an IME payment equal to
the hospital's Medicaid operating reimbursement times an IME percentage
determined as follows (excluding Children's Hospital of the King's
Daughters):
IME Percentage for Type Two Hospitals = [1.89 X ((1 + r)0.405-1)]
X 0.5695
In both equations, r is the ratio of full-time equivalent
residents to staffed beds, excluding nursery beds. The IME payment shall be
calculated each year using the most recent reliable data regarding the number
of full-time equivalent residents and the number of staffed beds, excluding
nursery beds.
C. An additional IME payment shall be made for inpatient
hospital services provided to Medicaid patients but reimbursed by capitated
managed care providers.
1. For Type Two hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section.
2. For Type One hospitals, this payment shall be equal to the
hospital's hospital-specific operating rate per case, as determined in
12VAC30-70-311, times the hospital's HMO paid discharges times the hospital's
IME percentage, as determined in subsection B of this section. Effective April
1, 2012, the operating rate per case used in the formula shall be revised to
reflect an adjustment factor of one and case-mix adjusted by multiplying the
operating rate per case in this subsection by the weight per case for FFS
discharges that is determined during rebasing. This formula applies to
Children's Hospital of the King's Daughters effective July 1, 2017.
D. An additional IME payment not to exceed $200,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU utilization in excess of 50% as
reported to the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2004.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2004.
E. An additional IME payment not to exceed $500,000 in total
shall be apportioned among Type Two hospitals, excluding freestanding
children's hospitals, with Medicaid NICU days in excess of 4,500 as reported to
the Department of Medical Assistance Services as of March 1, 2005, that do not
otherwise receive an additional IME payment under subsection D of this section.
These payments shall be apportioned based on each eligible hospital's
percentage of Medicaid NICU patient days relative to the total of these days
among eligible hospitals as reported by March 1, 2003.
F. Effective July 1, 2013, DMAS shall calculate an IME factor
for Virginia freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
utilization in 2009. Total total payments for IME in combination
with other payments for freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50%
Medicaid utilization in 2009 shall not exceed the federal uncompensated care
cost limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject. Effective
July 1, 2017, IME payments cannot exceed the federal uncompensated care cost
limit to which disproportionate share hospital payments are subject, excluding
third-party reimbursement for Medicaid eligible patients.
12VAC30-70-351. Updating rates for inflation.
A. Each July, the Virginia moving average values as compiled
and published by Global Insight (or its successor), under contract with the
department shall be used to update the base year standardized operating costs
per case, as determined in 12VAC30-70-361, and the base year standardized
operating costs per day, as determined in 12VAC30-70-371, to the midpoint of
the upcoming state fiscal year. The most current table available prior to the
effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year amounts to
the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or its
successor), in the moving averages that were used to update rates for previous
state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving averages
that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal year.
B. The inflation adjustment for hospital operating rates, disproportionate
share hospitals (DSH) payments, and graduate medical education payments shall
be 0.0% eliminated for fiscal year (FY) 2010. The elimination of
the inflation adjustments shall not be applicable to rebasing in FY 2011.
C. In FY 2011, hospital operating rates shall be rebased;
however the 2008 base year costs shall only be increased 2.58% for inflation.
For FY 2011 there shall be no inflation adjustment for graduate medical
education (GME) or freestanding psychiatric facility rates. The inflation
adjustment shall be eliminated for hospital operating rates, GME payments, and
freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY 2012. The inflation adjustment
shall be 2.6% for inpatient hospitals, including hospital operating rates, GME
payments, DSH payments, and freestanding psychiatric facility rates for FY
2013, and 0.0% for the same facilities for FY 2014, FY 2015, and FY 2016. For
FY 2017, the inflation adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME,
DSH, and freestanding psychiatric hospitals shall be 50% of the adjustment
calculated in subsection A of this section. In FY 2018, the inflation
adjustment for inpatient hospital operating rates, GME, DSH, and freestanding
psychiatric hospitals shall be eliminated for inpatient hospitals.
12VAC30-70-381. DRG relative weights and hospital case-mix
indices.
A. For the purposes of calculating DRG relative weights and
hospital case-mix indices, base year claims data for all groupable cases shall
be used. Base year claims data for ungroupable cases and per diem cases shall
not be used. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a transfer case shall be
counted as a fraction of a case based on the ratio of its length of stay to the
arithmetic mean length of stay for cases assigned to the same DRG as the transfer
case.
B. Using the data elements identified in subsection E of
12VAC30-70-221, the following methodology shall be used to calculate the DRG
relative weights:
1. The operating costs for each groupable case shall be
calculated by multiplying the hospital's total charges for the case by the
hospital's operating cost-to-charge ratio, as defined in subsection C of
12VAC30-70-221 per diems and ancillary cost-to-charge ratios from each
hospital's cost report ending in the state fiscal year used as the base year to
the corresponding days and ancillary charges by revenue code for each
hospital's groupable cases.
2. The standardized operating costs for each groupable case
shall be calculated as follows:
a. The operating costs shall be multiplied by the statewide
average labor portion of operating costs, yielding the labor portion of
operating costs. Hence, the nonlabor portion of operating costs shall
constitute one minus the statewide average labor portion of operating costs
times the operating costs.
b. The labor portion of operating costs shall be divided by
the hospital's Medicare wage index, yielding the standardized labor portion of
operating costs.
c. The standardized labor portion of operating costs shall be
added to the nonlabor portion of operating costs, yielding the standardized
operating costs.
3. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases in the DRG
by the number of groupable cases classified in the DRG.
4. The average standardized cost per case shall be calculated
by dividing the standardized operating costs for all groupable cases by the
total number of groupable cases.
5. The average standardized cost per DRG shall be divided by
the average standardized cost per case to determine the DRG relative weight.
C. Statistical outliers shall be eliminated from the
calculation of the DRG relative weights. Within each DRG, cases shall be
eliminated if (i) their standardized costs per case are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
case and (ii) their standardized costs per day are outside of 3.0 standard
deviations of the mean of the log distribution of the standardized costs per
day. To eliminate a case, both conditions must be satisfied.
D. In calculating the DRG relative weights, a threshold of
five cases shall be set as the minimum number of cases required to calculate a
reasonable DRG relative weight. In those instances where there are five or
fewer cases, the department's Medicaid claims data shall be supplemented with
Medicaid claims data from another state or other available sources. The DRG
relative weights calculated according to this methodology will result in an
average case weight that is different from the average case weight before the
supplemental claims data was added. Therefore, the DRG relative weights shall
be normalized by an adjustment factor so that the average case weight after the
supplemental claims data were added is equal to the average case weight before
the supplemental claims data were added.
E. The DRG relative weights shall be used to calculate a
case-mix index for each hospital. The case-mix index for a hospital is
calculated by summing, across all DRGs, the product of the number of groupable
cases in each DRG and the relative weight for each DRG and dividing this amount
by the total number of groupable cases occurring at the hospital.
12VAC30-80-30. Fee-for-service providers.
A. Payment for the following services, except for physician
services, shall be the lower of the state agency fee schedule (12VAC30-80-190
has information about the state agency fee schedule) or actual charge (charge
to the general public):
1. Physicians' services. Payment for physician services shall
be the lower of the state agency fee schedule or actual charge (charge to the
general public). The following limitations shall apply to emergency
physician services.
a. Definitions. The following words and terms, when used in
this subdivision 1 shall have the following meanings when applied to emergency
services unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
"All-inclusive" means all emergency service and
ancillary service charges claimed in association with the emergency department
visit, with the exception of laboratory services.
"DMAS" means the Department of Medical Assistance
Services consistent with Chapter 10 (§ 32.1-323 et seq.) of Title 32.1 of
the Code of Virginia.
"Emergency physician services" means services
that are necessary to prevent the death or serious impairment of the health of
the recipient. The threat to the life or health of the recipient necessitates
the use of the most accessible hospital available that is equipped to furnish
the services.
"Recent injury" means an injury that has occurred
less than 72 hours prior to the emergency department visit.
b. Scope. DMAS shall differentiate, as determined by the
attending physician's diagnosis, the kinds of care routinely rendered in
emergency departments and reimburse physicians for nonemergency care rendered
in emergency departments at a reduced rate.
(1) DMAS shall reimburse at a reduced and all-inclusive
reimbursement rate for all physician services rendered in emergency departments
that DMAS determines are nonemergency care.
(2) Services determined by the attending physician to be
emergencies shall be reimbursed under the existing methodologies and at the
existing rates.
(3) Services determined by the attending physician that may
be emergencies shall be manually reviewed. If such services meet certain
criteria, they shall be paid under the methodology in subdivision 1 b (2) of
this subsection. Services not meeting certain criteria shall be paid under the
methodology in subdivision 1 b (1) of this subsection. Such criteria shall
include, but not be limited to:
(a) The initial treatment following a recent obvious
injury.
(b) Treatment related to an injury sustained more than 72
hours prior to the visit with the deterioration of the symptoms to the point of
requiring medical treatment for stabilization.
(c) The initial treatment for medical emergencies including
indications of severe chest pain, dyspnea, gastrointestinal hemorrhage,
spontaneous abortion, loss of consciousness, status epilepticus, or other
conditions considered life threatening.
(d) A visit in which the recipient's condition requires
immediate hospital admission or the transfer to another facility for further
treatment or a visit in which the recipient dies.
(e) Services provided for acute vital sign changes as
specified in the provider manual.
(f) Services provided for severe pain when combined with
one or more of the other guidelines.
(4) Payment shall be determined based on ICD diagnosis
codes and necessary supporting documentation. As used here, the term
"ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
(5) DMAS shall review on an ongoing basis the effectiveness
of this program in achieving its objectives and for its effect on recipients,
physicians, and hospitals. Program components may be revised subject to
achieving program intent objectives, the accuracy and effectiveness of the ICD
code designations, and the impact on recipients and providers. As used here,
the term "ICD" is defined in 12VAC30-95-5.
2. Dentists' services.
3. Mental health services including: (i) community mental
health services, (ii) services of a licensed clinical psychologist, (iii)
mental health services provided by a physician, or (iv) peer support services.
a. Services provided by licensed clinical psychologists shall
be reimbursed at 90% of the reimbursement rate for psychiatrists.
b. Services provided by independently enrolled licensed
clinical social workers, licensed professional counselors or licensed clinical
nurse specialists-psychiatric shall be reimbursed at 75% of the reimbursement
rate for licensed clinical psychologists.
4. Podiatry.
5. Nurse-midwife services.
6. Durable medical equipment (DME) and supplies.
Definitions. The following words and terms when used in this
section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise:
"DMERC" means the Durable Medical Equipment Regional
Carrier rate as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services at http://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/DMEPOSFeeSched/DMEPOS-Fee-Schedule.html.
"HCPCS" means the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding
System, Medicare's National Level II Codes, HCPCS 2006 (Eighteenth edition), as
published by Ingenix, as may be periodically updated.
a. Obtaining prior authorization shall not guarantee Medicaid
reimbursement for DME.
b. The following shall be the reimbursement method used for
DME services:
(1) If the DME item has a DMERC rate, the reimbursement rate
shall be the DMERC rate minus 10%. For dates of service on or after July 1,
2014, DME items subject to the Medicare competitive bidding program shall be
reimbursed the lower of:
(a) The current DMERC rate minus 10% or
(b) The average of the Medicare competitive bid rates in
Virginia markets.
(2) For DME items with no DMERC rate, the agency shall use the
agency fee schedule amount. The reimbursement rates for DME and supplies shall
be listed in the DMAS Medicaid Durable Medical Equipment (DME) and Supplies
Listing and updated periodically. The agency fee schedule shall be available on
the agency website at www.dmas.virginia.gov.
(3) If a DME item has no DMERC rate or agency fee schedule
rate, the reimbursement rate shall be the manufacturer's net charge to the
provider, less shipping and handling, plus 30%. The manufacturer's net charge
to the provider shall be the cost to the provider minus all available discounts
to the provider. Additional information specific to how DME providers,
including manufacturers who are enrolled as providers, establish and document
their cost or costs for DME codes that do not have established rates can be
found in the relevant agency guidance document.
c. DMAS shall have the authority to amend the agency fee
schedule as it deems appropriate and with notice to providers. DMAS shall have
the authority to determine alternate pricing, based on agency research, for any
code that does not have a rate.
d. The reimbursement for incontinence supplies shall be by
selective contract. Pursuant to § 1915(a)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act
and 42 CFR 431.54(d), the Commonwealth assures that adequate services/devices
services or devices shall be available under such arrangements.
e. Certain durable medical equipment used for intravenous
therapy and oxygen therapy shall be bundled under specified procedure codes and
reimbursed as determined by the agency. Certain services/durable services
or durable medical equipment such as service maintenance agreements shall
be bundled under specified procedure codes and reimbursed as determined by the
agency.
(1) Intravenous therapies. The DME for a single therapy,
administered in one day, shall be reimbursed at the established service day
rate for the bundled durable medical equipment and the standard pharmacy
payment, consistent with the ingredient cost as described in 12VAC30-80-40,
plus the pharmacy service day and dispensing fee. Multiple applications of the
same therapy shall be included in one service day rate of reimbursement.
Multiple applications of different therapies administered in one day shall be
reimbursed for the bundled durable medical equipment service day rate as
follows: the most expensive therapy shall be reimbursed at 100% of cost; the
second and all subsequent most expensive therapies shall be reimbursed at 50%
of cost. Multiple therapies administered in one day shall be reimbursed at the
pharmacy service day rate plus 100% of every active therapeutic ingredient in
the compound (at the lowest ingredient cost methodology) plus the appropriate
pharmacy dispensing fee.
(2) Respiratory therapies. The DME for oxygen therapy shall
have supplies or components bundled under a service day rate based on oxygen
liter flow rate or blood gas levels. Equipment associated with respiratory
therapy may have ancillary components bundled with the main component for
reimbursement. The reimbursement shall be a service day per diem rate for
rental of equipment or a total amount of purchase for the purchase of
equipment. Such respiratory equipment shall include, but not be limited to,
oxygen tanks and tubing, ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction
machines. Ventilators, noncontinuous ventilators, and suction machines may be
purchased based on the individual patient's medical necessity and length of
need.
(3) Service maintenance agreements. Provision shall be made
for a combination of services, routine maintenance, and supplies, to be known
as agreements, under a single reimbursement code only for equipment that is
recipient owned. Such bundled agreements shall be reimbursed either monthly or
in units per year based on the individual agreement between the DME provider
and DMAS. Such bundled agreements may apply to, but not necessarily be limited
to, either respiratory equipment or apnea monitors.
7. Local health services.
8. Laboratory services (other than inpatient hospital). The
agency's rates for clinical laboratory services were set as of July 1, 2014,
and are effective for services on or after that date.
9. Payments to physicians who handle laboratory specimens, but
do not perform laboratory analysis (limited to payment for handling).
10. X-ray services.
11. Optometry services.
12. Medical supplies and equipment Reserved.
13. Home health services. Effective June 30, 1991, cost
reimbursement for home health services is eliminated. A rate per visit by
discipline shall be established as set forth by 12VAC30-80-180.
14. Physical therapy; occupational therapy; and speech,
hearing, language disorders services when rendered to noninstitutionalized
recipients.
15. Clinic services, as defined under 42 CFR 440.90, except
for services in ambulatory surgery clinics reimbursed under 12VAC30-80-35.
16. Supplemental payments for services provided by Type I
physicians.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Type I physicians for furnished services provided on or after July
2, 2002. A Type I physician is a member of a practice group organized by or
under the control of a state academic health system or an academic health
system that operates under a state authority and includes a hospital, who has
entered into contractual agreements for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 2, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for
Type I physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for Type I physician services and Medicare rates. Effective
August 13, 2002, the supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services
shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for
physician services and 143% of Medicare rates. Effective January 3, 2012, the
supplemental payment amount for Type I physician services shall be the
difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services
and 181% of Medicare rates. Effective January 1, 2013, the supplemental payment
amount for Type I physician services shall be the difference between the
Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 197% of Medicare
rates. Effective April 8, 2014, the supplemental payment amount for Type I
physician services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments
otherwise made for physician services and 201% of Medicare rates.
c. The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of
the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
d. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later than
90 days after the end of the quarter.
e. Payment will not be made to the extent that the payment
would duplicate payments based on physician costs covered by the supplemental
payments.
17. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
at Virginia freestanding children's hospitals.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this State Plan chapter, DMAS provides supplemental
payments to Virginia freestanding children's hospital physicians providing
services at freestanding children's hospitals with greater than 50% Medicaid
inpatient utilization in state fiscal year 2009 for furnished services provided
on or after July 1, 2011. A freestanding children's hospital physician is a
member of a practice group (i) organized by or under control of a qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital, or (ii) who has entered into
contractual agreements for provision of physician services at the qualifying
Virginia freestanding children's hospital and that is designated in writing by
the Virginia freestanding children's hospital as a practice plan for the quarter
for which the supplemental payment is made subject to DMAS approval. The
freestanding children's hospital physicians also must have entered into
contractual agreements with the practice plan for the assignment of payments in
accordance with 42 CFR 447.10.
b. Effective July 1, 2011, the supplemental payment amount for
freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 143% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation described in the Medicare equivalent of the
average commercial rate methodology (see 12VAC30-80-300), subject to the
following reduction. Final payments shall be reduced on a prorated basis so
that total payments for freestanding children's hospital physician services are
$400,000 less annually than would be calculated based on the formula in the
previous sentence. Effective July 1, 2015, the supplemental payment amount
for freestanding children's hospital physician services shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for freestanding children's
hospital physician services and 178% of Medicare rates as defined in the
supplemental payment calculation for Type I physician services. Payments
shall be made quarterly no later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
The methodology for determining the Medicare equivalent of the average
commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300 on the same schedule as
Type I physicians.
18. Supplemental payments for services provided by physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in the State Plan this chapter, the Department of
Medical Assistance Services provides supplemental payments to physicians
affiliated with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater Eastern
Virginia Medical Center for furnished services provided on or after October
1, 2012. A physician affiliated with a publicly funded medical school Eastern
Virginia Medical Center is a physician who is employed by a publicly funded
medical school that is a political subdivision of the Commonwealth of Virginia,
who provides clinical services through the faculty practice plan affiliated
with the publicly funded medical school, and who has entered into contractual agreements
arrangements for the assignment of payments in accordance with 42 CFR
447.10.
b. Effective October 1, 2012 2015, the
supplemental payment amount for services furnished by physicians affiliated
with publicly funded medical schools in Tidewater shall be the difference
between the Medicaid payments otherwise made for physician services and 135%
137% of Medicare rates. The methodology for determining the Medicare
equivalent of the average commercial rate is described in 12VAC30-80-300.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly, no
later than 90 days after the end of the quarter.
19. Supplemental payments for services provided by
physicians at freestanding children's hospitals serving children in Planning
District 8.
a. In addition to payments for physician services specified
elsewhere in this chapter, DMAS shall make supplemental payments for physicians
employed at a freestanding children's hospital serving children in Planning
District 8 with more than 50% Medicaid inpatient utilization in fiscal year
2014. This applies to physician practices affiliated with Children's National
Health System.
b. The supplemental payment amount for qualifying physician
services shall be the difference between the Medicaid payments otherwise made
and 178% of Medicare rates but no more than $551,000 for all qualifying
physicians. The methodology for determining allowable percent of Medicare rates
is based on the Medicare equivalent of the average commercial rate described in
this chapter.
c. Supplemental payments shall be made quarterly no later
than 90 days after the end of the quarter. Any quarterly payment that would
have been due prior to the approval date shall be made no later than 90 days
after the approval date.
19. 20. Supplemental payments to nonstate
government-owned or operated clinics.
a. In addition to payments for clinic services specified
elsewhere in the regulations, DMAS provides supplemental payments to qualifying
nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics for outpatient
services provided to Medicaid patients on or after July 2, 2002. Clinic means a
facility that is not part of a hospital but is organized and operated to
provide medical care to outpatients. Outpatient services include those
furnished by or under the direction of a physician, dentist or other medical
professional acting within the scope of his license to an eligible individual.
Effective July 1, 2005, a qualifying clinic is a clinic operated by a community
services board. The state share for supplemental clinic payments will be funded
by general fund appropriations.
b. The amount of the supplemental payment made to each
qualifying nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinic is
determined by:
(1) Calculating for each clinic the annual difference between
the upper payment limit attributed to each clinic according to subdivision 19
20 d of this subsection and the amount otherwise actually paid for the
services by the Medicaid program;
(2) Dividing the difference determined in subdivision 19
20 b (1) of this subsection for each qualifying clinic by the aggregate
difference for all such qualifying clinics; and
(3) Multiplying the proportion determined in subdivision 19
20 b (2) of this subsection by the aggregate upper payment limit amount
for all such clinics as determined in accordance with 42 CFR 447.321 less all
payments made to such clinics other than under this section.
c. Payments for furnished services made under this section may
will be made in one or more installments at such times, within the
fiscal year or thereafter, as is determined by DMAS annually in a lump
sum during the last quarter of the fiscal year.
d. To determine the aggregate upper payment limit referred to
in subdivision 19 20 b (3) of this subsection, Medicaid payments
to nonstate government-owned or government-operated clinics will be divided by
the "additional factor" whose calculation is described in Attachment
4.19-B, Supplement 4 (12VAC30-80-190 B 2) in regard to the state
agency fee schedule for Resource Based Relative Value Scale. Medicaid payments
will be estimated using payments for dates of service from the prior fiscal
year adjusted for expected claim payments. Additional adjustments will be made
for any program changes in Medicare or Medicaid payments.
20. 21. Personal assistance services (PAS) for
individuals enrolled in the Medicaid Buy-In program described in
12VAC30-60-200. These services are reimbursed in accordance with the state
agency fee schedule described in 12VAC30-80-190. The state agency fee schedule
is published on the DMAS website at http://www.dmas.virginia.gov.
B. Hospice services payments must be no lower than the
amounts using the same methodology used under Part A of Title XVIII, and take
into account the room and board furnished by the facility, equal to at least
95% of the rate that would have been paid by the state under the plan for
facility services in that facility for that individual. Hospice services shall
be paid according to the location of the service delivery and not the location
of the agency's home office.
12VAC30-80-36. Fee-for-service providers: outpatient hospitals.
A. Definitions. The following words and terms when used in
this section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise:
"Enhanced ambulatory patient group" or
"EAPG" means a defined group of outpatient procedures, encounters, or
ancillary services that incorporates International Classification of Diseases
(ICD) diagnosis codes, Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes, and
Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) codes.
"EAPG relative weight" means the expected average
costs for each EAPG divided by the relative expected average costs for visits
assigned to all EAPGs.
"Base year" means the state fiscal year for which
data is used to establish the EAPG base rate. The base year will change when
the EAPG payment system is rebased and recalibrated. In subsequent rebasings,
DMAS shall notify affected providers of the base year to be used in this
calculation.
"Cost" means the reported cost as described in
12VAC30-80-20 A and B.
"Cost-to-charge ratio" equals the hospital's total
costs divided by the hospital's total charges. The cost-to-charge ratio shall
be calculated using data from cost reports from hospital fiscal years ending in
the state fiscal year used as the base year.
"Medicare wage index" means the Medicare wage index
published annually in the Federal Register by the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services. The indices used in this section shall be those in effect in
the base year.
B. Effective January 1, 2014, the prospective enhanced
ambulatory patient group (EAPG) based payment system described in this
subsection shall apply to reimbursement for outpatient hospital services (with
the exception of laboratory services referred to the hospital but not
associated with an outpatient hospital visit, which will be reimbursed
according to the laboratory fee schedule).
1. The payments for outpatient hospital visits shall be
determined on the basis of a hospital-specific base rate per visit multiplied
by the relative weight of the EAPG (and the payment action) assigned for each
of the services performed during a hospital visit.
2. The EAPG relative weights shall be the weights determined
and published periodically by DMAS and shall be consistent with applicable
Medicaid reimbursement limits and policies. The weights shall be updated at
least every three years.
3. The statewide base rate shall be equal to the total costs
described in this subdivision divided by the wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG
weights for each facility. The wage-adjusted sum of the EAPG weights shall
equal the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied by the labor percentage times
the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the sum of the EAPG weights multiplied
by the nonlabor percentage. The base rate shall be determined for outpatient
hospital services at least every three years so that total expenditures will
equal the following:
a. When using base years prior to January 1, 2014, for all
services, excluding all laboratory services and emergency services described in
subdivision 3 c of this subsection, a percentage of costs as reported in the
available cost reports for the base period for each type of hospital as defined
in 12VAC30-70-221.
(1) Type One hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating reimbursement shall be calculated at 90.2% of cost, and
capital reimbursement shall be at 86% of cost inflated to the rate year.
(2) Type Two hospitals. Effective January 1, 2014, hospital
outpatient operating and capital reimbursement shall be calculated at 76% of
cost inflated to the rate year.
When using base years after January 1, 2014, the percentages
described in subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted according to
subdivision 3 c of this subsection.
b. Laboratory services, excluding laboratory services referred
to the hospital but not associated with a hospital visit, are calculated at the
fee schedule in effect for the rate year.
c. Services rendered in emergency departments determined to be
nonemergencies as prescribed in 12VAC30-80-20 D 1 b shall be calculated at the
nonemergency reduced rate reported in the base year for base years prior to
January 1, 2014. For base years after January 1, 2014, the cost percentages in
subdivision 3 a of this subsection shall be adjusted to reflect services paid
at the nonemergency reduced rate in the last year prior to January 1, 2014.
4. Inflation adjustment to base year costs. Each July, the
Virginia moving average values as compiled and published by Global Insight (or
its successor), under contract with DMAS, shall be used to update the base year
costs to the midpoint of the rate year. The most current table available prior
to the effective date of the new rates shall be used to inflate base year
amounts to the upcoming rate year. Thus, corrections made by Global Insight (or
its successor) in the moving averages that were used to update rates for
previous state fiscal years shall be automatically incorporated into the moving
averages that are being used to update rates for the upcoming state fiscal
year. Inflation shall be applied to the costs identified in subdivision 3 a of
this subsection. The inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2017 shall
be 50% of the full inflation adjustment calculated according to this section.
There shall be no inflation adjustment for state fiscal year 2018.
5. Hospital-specific base rate. The hospital-specific base
rate per case shall be adjusted for geographic variation. The hospital-specific
base rate shall be equal to the labor portion of the statewide base rate
multiplied by the hospital's Medicare wage index plus the nonlabor percentage
of the statewide base rate. The labor percentage shall be determined at each
rebasing based on the most recently reliable data. For rural hospitals, the
hospital's Medicare wage index used to calculate the base rate shall be the
Medicare wage index of the nearest metropolitan wage area or the effective
Medicare wage index, whichever is higher. A base rate differential of 5.0%
shall be established for freestanding Type Two children's hospitals. The base
rate for non-cost-reporting hospitals shall be the average of the
hospital-specific base rates of in-state Type Two hospitals.
6. The total payment shall represent the total allowable
amount for a visit including ancillary services and capital.
7. The transition from cost-based reimbursement to EAPG
reimbursement shall be transitioned over a four-year period. DMAS shall
calculate a cost-based base rate at January 1, 2014, and at each rebasing
during the transition.
a. Effective for dates of service on or after January 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 75% of the
cost-based base rate and 25% of the EAPG base rate.
b. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2014,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 50% of the
cost-based base rate and 50% of the EAPG base rate.
c. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2015,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the sum of 25% of the
cost-based base rate and 75% of the EAPG base rate.
d. Effective for dates of service on or after July 1, 2016,
DMAS shall calculate the hospital-specific base rate as the EAPG base rate.
8. To maintain budget neutrality during the first six years of
the transition to EAPG reimbursement, DMAS shall compare the total
reimbursement of hospital claims based on the parameters in subdivision 3 of
this subsection to EAPG reimbursement every six months based on the six months
of claims ending three months prior to the potential adjustment. If the
percentage difference between the reimbursement target in subdivision 3 of this
subsection and EAPG reimbursement is greater than 1.0%, plus or minus, DMAS
shall adjust the statewide base rate by the percentage difference the following
July 1 or January 1. The first possible adjustment would be January 1, 2015,
using reimbursement between January 1, 2014, and October 31, 2014.
C. The enhanced ambulatory patient group (EAPG) grouper
version used for outpatient hospital services shall be determined by DMAS.
Providers or provider representatives shall be given notice prior to
implementing a new grouper.
D. The primary data sources used in the development of the
EAPG payment methodology are the DMAS hospital computerized claims history file
and the cost report file. The claims history file captures available claims
data from all enrolled, cost-reporting general acute care hospitals. The cost
report file captures audited cost and charge data from all enrolled general
acute care hospitals. The following table identifies key data elements that are
used to develop the EAPG payment methodology. DMAS may supplement this data
with similar data for Medicaid services furnished by managed care organizations
if DMAS determines that it is reliable.
Data Elements for EAPG Payment Methodology
|
Data Elements
|
Source
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital visit
|
Claims history file
|
Number of groupable claims lines in each EAPG
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of groupable claim lines
|
Claims history file
|
Total charges for each outpatient hospital revenue line
|
Claims history file
|
Total number of EAPG assignments
|
Claims history file
|
Cost-to-charge ratio for each hospital
|
Cost report file
|
Medicare wage index for each hospital
|
Federal Register
|
12VAC30-80-180. Establishment of rate per visit for home health
services.
A. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1991,
the Department of Medical Assistance Services (DMAS) shall reimburse home
health agencies (HHAs) at a flat rate per visit for each type of service
rendered by HHAs (i.e., nursing, physical therapy, occupational therapy,
speech-language pathology services, and home health aide services.) In
addition, supplies left in the home and extraordinary transportation costs will
be paid at specific rates.
B. Effective for dates of services on and after July 1, 1993,
DMAS shall establish a flat rate for each level of service for HHAs by peer
group. There shall be three peer groups: (i) the Department of Health's HHAs,
(ii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
Virginia portion of the Washington DC-MD-VA metropolitan statistical area, and
(iii) non-Department of Health HHAs whose operating office is located in the
rest of Virginia. The use of the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA)
designation of urban metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) shall be
incorporated in determining the appropriate peer group for these
classifications.
The Department of Health's agencies are being placed in a
separate peer group due to their unique cost characteristics (only one
consolidated cost report is filed for all Department of Health agencies).
C. Rates shall be calculated as follows:
1. Each home health agency shall be placed in its appropriate
peer group.
2. Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost per visit
(exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from its 1989
cost-settled Medicaid cost report. Non-Department of Health HHAs Medicaid cost
per visit (exclusive of medical supplies costs) shall be obtained from the 1989
cost-settled Medicaid Cost Reports filed by freestanding HHAs. Costs shall be
inflated to a common point in time (June 30, 1991) by using the percent of
change in the moving average factor of the Data Resources Inc., (DRI), National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket (as published
quarterly).
3. To determine the flat rate per visit effective July 1,
1993, the following methodology shall be utilized:
a. The peer group HHAs per visit rates shall be ranked and weighted
by the number of Medicaid visits per discipline to determine a median rate per
visit for each peer group at July 1, 1991.
b. The HHA's peer group median rate per visit for each peer
group at July 1, 1991, shall be the interim peer group rate for calculating the
update through January 1, 1992. The interim peer group rate shall be updated by
100% of historical inflation from July 1, 1991, through December 31, 1992, and
shall become the final interim peer group rate that shall be updated by 50% of the
forecasted inflation to the end of December 31, 1993, to establish the final
peer group rates. The lower of the final peer group rates or the Medicare upper
limit at January 1, 1993, will be effective for payments from July 1, 1993,
through December 1993.
c. Separate rates shall be provided for the initial
assessment, follow-up, and comprehensive visits for skilled nursing and for the
initial assessment and follow-up visits for physical therapy, occupational
therapy, and speech therapy. The comprehensive rate shall be 200% of the
follow-up rate, and the initial assessment rates shall be $15 higher than the
follow-up rates. The lower of the peer group median or Medicare upper limits
shall be adjusted as appropriate to assure budget neutrality when the higher
rates for the comprehensive and initial assessment visits are calculated.
4. The fee schedule shall be adjusted annually beginning July
1, 2010, based on the percent of change in the moving average of the National
Forecast Tables for the Home Health Agency Market Basket published by Global
Insight (or its successor) for the second quarter of the calendar year in which
the fiscal year begins. The report shall be the latest published report prior
to the fiscal year. The method to calculate the annual update shall be:
a. All subsequent year peer group rates shall be calculated
utilizing the previous final peer group rate established on July 1.
b. The annual July 1 update shall be compared to the Medicare
upper limit per visit in effect on each January 1, and the HHAs shall receive
the lower of the annual update or the Medicare upper limit per visit as the
final peer group rate.
D. Effective July 1, 2009, the previous inflation increase
effective January 1, 2009, shall be reduced by 50%.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there shall
be no inflation adjustment for home health agencies. Effective July 1, 2017,
through June 30, 2018, the annual fee schedule adjustment for inflation shall
be reduced by 50%.
12VAC30-80-200. Prospective reimbursement for rehabilitation
agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities.
A. Rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient
rehabilitation facilities.
1. Effective for dates of service on and after July 1, 2009,
rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities,
excluding those operated by community services boards or state agencies, shall
be reimbursed a prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee
schedule amount or billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a
statewide fee schedule based on CPT Current Procedural Terminology
(CPT) codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
2. Effective for dates of service on and after October 1,
2009, rehabilitation agencies or comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation
facilities, excluding those operated by state agencies shall be reimbursed a
prospective rate equal to the lesser of the agency's fee schedule amount or
billed charges per procedure. The agency shall develop a statewide fee schedule
based on CPT codes to reimburse providers what the agency estimates they would
have been paid in FY 2010 minus $371,800.
B. Reimbursement for rehabilitation agencies subject to the
new fee schedule methodology.
1. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on June
30, 2009, shall be settled for private rehabilitation agencies based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of June 30, 2009.
2. Payments for the fiscal year ending or in progress on
September 30, 2009, shall be settled for community services boards based on the
previous prospective rate methodology and the ceilings in effect for that
fiscal year as of September 30, 2009.
C. Beginning with state fiscal years beginning on or after
July 1, 2010, rates shall be adjusted annually for inflation using the
Virginia-specific nursing home input price index contracted for by the agency.
The agency shall use the percent moving average for the quarter ending at the
midpoint of the rate year from the most recently available index prior to the
beginning of the rate year.
D. Reimbursement for physical therapy, occupational therapy,
and speech-language therapy services shall not be provided for any sums that
the rehabilitation provider collects, or is entitled to collect, from the
nursing facility or any other available source, and provided further, that this
subsection shall in no way diminish any obligation of the nursing facility to
DMAS to provide its residents such services, as set forth in any applicable
provider agreement.
E. Effective July 1, 2010, through June 30, 2016, there will
be no inflation adjustment for outpatient rehabilitation facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2018, outpatient rehabilitation facilities will
receive a rate adjustment equal to 50% of inflation as calculated in subsection
C of this section.
12VAC30-90-44. Nursing facility price-based reimbursement
methodology.
A. Effective July 1, 2014, DMAS shall convert nursing
facility operating rates in 12VAC30-90-41 to a price-based methodology. The
department shall calculate prospective operating rates for direct and indirect
costs in the following manner:
1. The department shall calculate the cost per day in the base
year for direct and indirect operating costs for each nursing facility. The
department shall use existing definitions of direct and indirect costs.
2. The initial base year for calculating the cost per day
shall be cost reports ending in calendar year 2011. The department shall rebase
prices in fiscal year 2018 and every three years thereafter using the most
recent, reliable calendar year cost-settled cost reports for freestanding
nursing facilities that have been completed as of September 1. No adjustments
will be made to the base year data for purposes of rate setting after that
date.
3. Each nursing facility's direct cost per day shall be
neutralized by dividing the direct cost per day by the raw Medicaid facility
case-mix that corresponds to the base year by facility.
4. Costs per day shall be inflated to the midpoint of the
fiscal year rate period using the moving average Virginia Nursing Home
inflation index for the fourth quarter of each year (the midpoint of the fiscal
year). Costs in the 2011 base year shall be inflated from the midpoint of the
cost report year to the midpoint of fiscal year 2012 by prorating fiscal year
2012 inflation and annual inflation after that. Annual inflation adjustments
shall be based on the last available report prior to the beginning of the
fiscal year and corrected for any revisions to prior year inflation. Effective
July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2016, the inflation adjustment for nursing
facility operating rates shall be 0.0%.
5. Prices will be established for the peer groups described in
this section using a combination of Medicare wage regions and Medicaid rural
and bed size modifications based on similar costs.
6. The following definitions shall apply to direct peer
groups. The Northern Virginia peer group shall be defined as localities in the
Washington DC-MD-VA MSA as published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) for skilled nursing facility rates. The Other MSA MSAs
peer group includes localities in any MSA defined by CMS other than the
Northern Virginia MSA and non-MSA designations. The Rural peer groups are
non-MSA areas of the state divided into Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer
groups based on drawing a line between the following points on the Commonwealth
of Virginia map with the coordinates: 37.4203914 Latitude, 82.0201219 Longitude
and 37.1223664 Latitude, 76.3457773 Longitude. Direct peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia,
b. Other MSAs,
c. Northern Rural, and
d. Southern Rural.
7. The following definitions shall apply to indirect peer
groups. The indirect peer group for Northern Virginia is the same as the direct
peer group for Northern Virginia. Rest of State peer groups shall be defined as
any localities other than localities in the Northern Virginia peer group for
nursing facilities with greater than 60 beds or 60 beds or less. Rest of State
- Greater than 60 Beds shall be further subdivided into Other MSA MSAs,
Northern Rural and Southern Rural peer groups using the locality definitions
for direct peer groups. Indirect peer groups are:
a. Northern Virginia MSA,
b. Rest of State - Greater than 60 Beds,
c. Other MSAs,
d. Northern Rural, and
e. Southern Rural.
Rest of State - 60 Beds or Less.
8. Any changes to peer group assignment based on changes in
bed size or MSA will be implemented for reimbursement purposes the July 1
following the effective date of the change. For rebasings effective on or
after July 1, 2020, the department shall move nursing facilities located in the
former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area to the Other MSAs peer group.
9. The direct and indirect price for each peer group shall be
based on the following adjustment factors:
a. Direct adjustment factor - 105.000% of the peer group
day-weighted median neutralized and inflated cost per day for freestanding
nursing facilities. Effective July 1, 2017, the direct adjustment factor
shall be 106.8% of the peer group day-weighted median neutralized and inflated
cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
b. Indirect adjustment factor - 100.735% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities. Effective
July 1, 2017, the indirect adjustment factor shall be 101.3% of the peer group
day-weighted median inflated cost per day for freestanding nursing facilities.
10. Facilities with costs projected to the rate year below 95%
of the price shall have an adjusted price equal to the price minus the
difference between the facility's cost and 95% of the unadjusted price.
Adjusted prices will be established at each rebasing. New facilities after the
base year shall not have an adjusted price until the next rebasing.
11. Special circumstances.
a. Effective July 1, 2017, the department shall increase
the direct and indirect operating rates under the nursing facility price based
reimbursement methodology by 15% for nursing facilities where at least 80% of
the resident population has one or more of the following diagnoses:
quadriplegia, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis, paraplegia, or
cerebral palsy. In addition, a qualifying facility must have at least 90%
Medicaid utilization and a nursing facility case-mix index of 1.15 or higher in
fiscal year 2014.
b. Effective July 1, 2017, through June 30, 2020, nursing
facilities located in the former Danville Metropolitan Statistical Area shall
be paid the operating rates calculated for the Other MSAs peer group.
11. 12. Individual claim payment for direct
costs shall be based on each resident's Resource Utilization Group (RUG) during
the service period times the facility direct price.
12. 13. Resource Utilization Group (RUG) is a
resident classification system that groups nursing facility residents according
to resource utilization and assigns weights related to the resource utilization
for each classification. The department shall use RUGs to determine facility
case-mix for cost neutralization as defined in 12VAC30-90-306 in determining
the direct costs used in setting the price and for adjusting the claim payments
for residents.
a. The department shall neutralize direct costs per day in the
base year using the most current RUG grouper applicable to the base year.
b. The department shall utilize RUG-III, version 34 groups and
weights in fiscal years 2015 through 2017 for claim payments.
c. Beginning in fiscal year 2018, the department shall
implement RUG-IV, version 48 Medicaid groups and weights for claim payments.
d. RUG-IV, version 48 weights used for claim payments will be
normalized to RUG-III, version 34 weights as long as base year costs are
neutralized by the RUG-III 34 group. In that the weights are not the same under
RUG-IV as under RUG-III, normalization will ensure that total direct operating
payments using the RUG-IV 48 weights will be the same as total direct operating
payments using the RUG-III 34 grouper.
B. Transition. The department shall transition to the
price-based methodology over a period of four years, blending the adjusted
price-based rate with the facility-specific case-mix neutral cost-based rate
calculated according to 12VAC30-90-41 as if ceilings had been rebased for
fiscal year 2015. The cost-based rates are calculated using the 2011 base year
data, inflated to 2015 using the inflation methodology in 12VAC30-90-41 and
adjusted to state fiscal year 2015. In subsequent years of the transition, the
cost-based rates shall be increased by inflation described in this section.
1. Based on a four-year transition, the rate will be based on
the following blend:
a. Fiscal year 2015 - 25% of the adjusted price-based rate and
75% of the cost-based rate.
b. Fiscal year 2016 - 50% of the adjusted price-based rate and
50% of the cost-based rate.
c. Fiscal year 2017 - 75% of the adjusted price-based rate and
25% of the cost-based rate.
d. Fiscal year 2018 - 100% of the adjusted price-based (fully
implemented).
2. During the first transition year for the period July 1,
2014, through October 31, 2014, DMAS shall case-mix adjust each facility's
direct cost component of the rates using the average facility case-mix from the
two most recent finalized quarters (September and December 2013) instead of
adjusting this component claim by claim.
3. Cost-based rates to be used in the transition for
facilities without cost data in the base year but placed in service prior to
July 1, 2013, shall be determined based on the most recently settled cost data.
If there is no settled cost report at the beginning of a fiscal year, then 100%
of the price-based rate shall be used for that fiscal year. Facilities placed
in service after June 30, 2013, shall be paid 100% of the price-based rate.
4. Effective July 1, 2015, nursing facilities whose licensed
bed capacity decreased by at least 30 beds after 2011 and whose occupancy
increased from less than 70% in 2011 to more than 80% in 2013 shall be
reimbursed the price-based operating rate rather than the transition operating
rate.
C. Prospective capital rates shall be calculated in the
following manner:
1. Fair rental value (FRV) per diem rates for the fiscal year
shall be calculated for all freestanding nursing facilities based on the prior calendar
year information aged to the fiscal year and using RS Means factors and rental
rates corresponding to the fiscal year as prescribed in 12VAC30-90-36. There
will be no separate calculation for beds subject to or not subject to
transition.
2. Nursing facilities that put into service a major renovation
or new beds may request a mid-year fair rental value per diem rate change.
a. A major renovation shall be defined as an increase in
capital of $3,000 per bed. The nursing facility shall submit complete pro forma
documentation at least 60 days prior to the effective date, and the new rate
shall be effective at the beginning of the month following the end of the 60
days.
b. The provider shall submit final documentation within 60
days of the new rate effective date, and the department shall review final
documentation and modify the rate if necessary effective 90 days after the
implementation of the new rate. No mid-year rate changes shall be made for an
effective date after April 30 of the fiscal year.
3. These FRV changes shall also apply to specialized care
facilities.
4. The capital per diem rate for hospital-based nursing
facilities shall be the last settled capital per diem.
Subpart XVII
Specialized Care Services
12VAC30-90-264. Specialized care services.
Specialized care services provided in conformance with
12VAC30-60-40 E and H, 12VAC30-60-320, and 12VAC30-60-340 shall be reimbursed
under the following methodology. The nursing facilities that provide adult
specialized care for the categories of Ventilator Dependent Care, will be
placed in one group for rate determination. The nursing facilities that provide
pediatric specialized care in a dedicated pediatric unit of eight beds or more
will be placed in a second group for rate determination.
1. Routine operating cost. Routine operating cost shall be
defined as in 12VAC30-90-271 and 12VAC30-90-272. To calculate the routine
operating cost reimbursement rate, routine operating cost shall be converted to
a per diem amount by dividing it by actual patient days. Effective July 1,
2016, the base year for routine operating cost shall be the most recently
settled cost reports with a fiscal year ending in a calendar year for all
specialized care facilities as of the end of the calendar year prior to the
prospective rate year.
2. Allowable cost identification and cost reimbursement
limitations. The provisions of Article 5 (12VAC30-90-50 et seq.) of Subpart II
of Part II of this chapter and of Appendix III (12VAC30-90-290) of Part III of
this chapter shall apply to specialized care cost and reimbursement.
3. Routine operating cost rates. Each facility shall be
reimbursed a prospective rate for routine operating costs. This rate will be
the lesser of the facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling, or the
facility-specific prospective routine operating cost per day plus an efficiency
incentive. This efficiency incentive shall be calculated by the same method as
in 12VAC30-90-41.
4. Facility-specific prospective routine operating ceiling.
Each nursing facility's prospective routine operating ceiling shall be
calculated as:
a. Statewide ceiling. The statewide routine operating ceiling
shall be $415 as of July 1, 2002. This routine operating ceiling amount shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016,
the routine operating ceiling shall be $573.09 as of state fiscal year 2015 and
shall be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC-30-90-44 to the upcoming state
fiscal year, the prospective rate year.
b. The portion of the statewide routine operating ceiling
relating to nursing salaries (as determined by the 1994 audited cost report
data, or 67.22%) will be wage adjusted using a normalized wage index. The
normalized wage index shall be the wage index applicable to the individual provider's
geographic location under Medicare rules of reimbursement for skilled nursing
facilities, divided by the statewide average of such wage indices across the
state. This normalization of wage indices shall be updated January 1, after
each time the CMS publishes wage indices for skilled nursing facilities.
Updated normalization shall be effective for fiscal years starting on and after
the January 1 for which the normalization is calculated. Effective July 1,
2016, the normalized wage index for the federal fiscal year following the base
year shall be applied to the state fiscal year ceiling.
5. Facility-specific prospective routine operating base cost
per day. The facility-specific routine operating cost per day to be used in the
calculation of the routine operating rate and the efficiency incentive shall be
the actual routine cost per day from the most recent fiscal year's cost report,
adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-41. Effective July 1, 2016, the
routine operating base cost per day in subdivision 1 of this subsection shall
be adjusted for inflation based on 12VAC30-90-44 to the upcoming state fiscal
year, the prospective rate year.
6. Interim rates. Interim rates, for processing claims during
the year, shall be calculated from the most recent settled cost report
available at the time the interim rates must be set, except that failure to
submit a cost report timely may result in adjustment to interim rates as
provided elsewhere. Effective July 1, 2016, this subdivision is no longer
applicable.
7. Ancillary costs. Specialized care ancillary costs will be
paid on a pass-through basis for those Medicaid specialized care patients who
do not have Medicare or any other sufficient third-party insurance coverage.
Ancillary costs will be reimbursed as follows:
a. All covered ancillary services, except kinetic therapy
devices, will be reimbursed for reasonable costs as defined in the current
NHPS. Effective for specialized care days on or after January 15, 2007,
reimbursement for reasonable costs shall be subject to a ceiling. The ceiling
shall be $238.81 per day for calendar year 2004 (150% of average costs) and
shall be inflated to the appropriate provider fiscal year. For cost report
years beginning in each calendar year, ancillary ceilings will be inflated
based on 12VAC30-90-41. See 12VAC30-90-290 for the cost reimbursement
limitations. Effective July 1, 2016, the ancillary ceiling of $300.38 in
state fiscal year 2015, inclusive of kinetic therapy devices, shall be adjusted
for inflation to the prospective rate year based on 12VAC30-90-44.
b. Kinetic therapy devices will have a limit per day (based on
1994 audited cost report data inflated to the rate period). See 12VAC30-90-290
for the cost reimbursement limitations.
c. Kinetic therapy devices will be reimbursed only if a
resident is being treated for wounds that meet the following wound care
criteria. Residents receiving this wound care must require kinetic bed therapy
(that is, low air loss mattresses, fluidized beds, and/or rotating/turning
beds or rotating or turning beds) and require treatment for a grade
(stage) IV decubitus, a large surgical wound that cannot be closed, or second
to third degree burns covering more than 10% of the body.
8. Covered ancillary services are defined as follows: laboratory,
X-ray, medical supplies (e.g., infusion pumps, incontinence supplies), physical
therapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, inhalation therapy, IV therapy,
enteral feedings, and kinetic therapy. The following are not specialized care
ancillary services and are excluded from specialized care reimbursement:
physician services, psychologist services, total parenteral nutrition (TPN),
and drugs. These services must be separately billed to DMAS. An interim rate
for the covered ancillary services will be determined (using data from the most
recent settled cost report) by dividing allowable ancillary costs by the number
of patient days for the same cost reporting period. The interim rate will be
retroactively cost settled based on the specialized care nursing facility cost
reporting period.
9. Capital costs. Effective July 1, 2001 2016,
capital cost reimbursement rate shall be based on subsection C of
12VAC30-90-44 in accordance with 12VAC30-90-35 through,
12VAC30-90-36, and 12VAC30-90-37, except that the required occupancy
percentage shall not be separately applied to specialized care. Capital cost
related to specialized care patients will be cost settled on the respective
nursing facility's cost reporting period. In this cost settlement, the required
occupancy percentage shall be applied to all the nursing facility's licensed
nursing facility beds, inclusive of specialized care. To determine the
capital cost related to specialized care patients, the following calculation
shall be applied.
a. Licensed beds, including specialized care beds, multiplied
by days in the cost reporting period, shall equal available days.
b. The required occupancy days shall equal the required
occupancy percentage multiplied by available days.
c. The required occupancy days minus actual resident days,
including specialized care days, shall equal the shortfall of days. If the
shortfall of days is negative, the shortfall of days shall be zero.
d. Actual resident days, not including specialized care days,
plus the shortfall of days shall equal the minimum number of days to be used to
calculate the capital cost per day.
10. Nurse aide training and competency evaluation programs and
competency evaluation programs (NATCEP) costs. NATCEP costs will be paid on
a pass-through basis in accordance with the current NHPS. Effective July 1,
2016, NATCEP costs shall be paid on a prospective basis in accordance with
12VAC30-90-170.
11. Pediatric routine operating cost rate. For pediatric
specialized care in a distinct part pediatric specialized care unit, one
routine operating cost ceiling will be developed. The routine operating cost
ceiling will be $418 as of July 1, 2002. Effective July 1, 2016, the
pediatric routine operating cost ceiling shall be $577.24.
a. The statewide operating ceiling shall be adjusted for each
nursing facility in the same manner as described in subdivision 4 of this
section.
b. The final routine operating cost reimbursement rate shall
be computed as described for other than pediatric units in subdivision 3 of
this section.
12. Pediatric unit capital cost. Pediatric unit capital costs
will be reimbursed in accordance with the current NHPS subdivision 9
of this section, except that the occupancy requirement shall be 70% rather
than the required occupancy percentage.
13. The cost reporting requirements of 12VAC30-90-70 and
12VAC30-90-80 shall apply to specialized care providers.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5178; Filed December 28, 2017, 2:43 p.m.
TITLE 12. HEALTH
STATE BOARD OF BEHAVIORAL HEALTH AND DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES
Fast-Track Regulation
Title of Regulation: 12VAC35-12. Public Participation
Guidelines (amending 12VAC35-12-50; adding
12VAC35-12-45).
Statutory Authority: §§ 2.2-4007-02 and 37.2-203 of
the Code of Virginia.
Public Hearing Information: No public hearings are
scheduled.
Public Comment Deadline: February 21, 2018.
Effective Date: March 8, 2018.
Agency Contact: Ruth Anne Walker, Regulatory
Coordinator, Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services,
Jefferson Building, 1220 Bank Street, 11th Floor, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone
(804) 225-2252, FAX (804) 786-8623, or email
ruthanne.walker@dbhds.virginia.gov.
Basis: Section 37.2-203 of the Code of Virginia
authorizes the State Board of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services to
adopt regulations that may be necessary to carry out the provisions of Title
37.2 of the Code of Virginia and other laws of the Commonwealth administered by
the commissioner and the Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental
Services (DBHDS).
Purpose: This action is the result of a periodic review.
No comments were received during the review. Public participation guidelines
exist to promote public involvement in the development, amendment, or repeal of
state regulations to protect the public health and safety. DBHDS is responsible
for the direct care of individuals in its facilities and provides oversight for
the state's publicly funded behavioral health and developmental services
system. This regulatory action will align the regulation in three places with
the Code of Virginia and thus facilitate citizen involvement in the regulations
of the state board and DBHDS.
Rationale for Using Fast-Track Rulemaking Process: No
comments were received during the periodic review. Executive Order 17 (2014)
allows state agencies to use a fast-track rulemaking process pursuant to § 2.2-4012.1
of the Code of Virginia to expedite regulatory changes that are expected to be
noncontroversial. This regulatory action reflects opportunities for citizen
input into the regulatory process, as already established in the Code of
Virginia. Therefore, no controversy is anticipated.
Substance: The amendments:
• Adopt 12VAC35-12-45, in accordance with Chapter 599 of the
2017 Acts of Assembly, so that DBHDS shall notify affected providers (i) when
new or final regulations are posted on the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall
website and when public comment periods pursuant to the existing regulatory
processes are established by Virginia law and (ii) each time there is an
opportunity to comment on such changes under consideration, including specific
comments regarding an appropriate timeframe for the implementation of such
changes.
• Update 12VAC35-12-50 A, in accordance with § 2.2-4007.02
of the Code of Virginia, to state that DBHDS shall provide that persons wishing
to submit data, views, and arguments related to a regulatory action shall be
afforded the opportunity to be accompanied by and represented by counsel or
another representative.
• Adopt 12VAC35-12-50 D, in accordance with Chapter 599 of the
2017 Acts of Assembly, to provide that DBHDS will post guidance document
changes under development to the Regulatory Town Hall website for a 30-day
public comment period.
• Adopt 12VAC35-12-50 E, in accordance with § 37.2-203 of the
Code of Virginia, to provide that at least 30 days prior to the board's action
to adopt, amend, or repeal any regulation regarding substance abuse services,
the board shall present the proposed regulation to the Substance Abuse Services
Council for the council's review and comment.
Issues: The primary advantage to the public and the
Commonwealth is conformation of regulatory provisions regarding public
participation to the existing requirements in state law. There are no
disadvantages to the public or the Commonwealth.
Small Business Impact Review Report of Findings:
This fast-track regulatory action serves as the report of the findings of the
regulatory review pursuant to § 2.2-4007.1 of the Code of Virginia.
Department of Planning and
Budget's Economic Impact Analysis:
Summary of the Proposed Amendments to Regulation. The State
Board of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services (Board) proposes to
incorporate several legislative mandates related to public participation in
rulemaking into its regulations.
Result of Analysis. The benefits likely exceed the costs for
all proposed changes.
Estimated Economic Impact. One of the legislative mandates
being incorporated into the regulation is Chapter 599 of the 2017 Acts of the
Assembly.1 Chapter 599 requires the Department of Behavioral Health
and Developmental Services (DBHDS) to give direct notice to licensed providers
1) when a regulatory change relating to licensed providers is initiated, 2)
when a final stage of such a regulatory change has been posted on Virginia
Regulatory Town Hall (Town Hall), 3) and when a change to guidance documents
related to licensure requirements is under consideration. The Chapter 599 also
requires DBHDS to seek public comment for a period of 30 days on the proposed
change to the guidance documents via the Town Hall.
DBHDS estimates that there would be approximately 10 notices a
year that would need to be sent to approximately 1,200 licensed providers.
DBHDS plans to utilize email for the required direct notifications and
encourage providers to sign up with the Town Hall which can be set up to
provide such automatic notifications. The Town Hall can easily accommodate a
30-day comment forum for proposed changes to guidance documents. Since direct
notices will be sent electronically and public comments will be solicited in an
electronic platform, these changes do not impose significant costs on DBHDS
other than the staff time needed to draft the emails and to create a public
comment forum on the Town Hall.
Another mandate being incorporated is the Chapter 795 of the
2012 Acts of the Assembly which amended the Code of Virginia § 2.2-4007.02.2
Chapter 795 added the requirement that interested persons "be afforded an
opportunity to be accompanied by and represented by counsel or other
representative" while formulating a regulation. This change is also not
expected to create a significant economic impact.
Finally, the Board proposes to incorporate the requirement that
a proposed regulatory change regarding substance abuse services be presented to
the Substance Abuse Services Council pursuant to Chapter 716 of the 2005 Acts
of the Assembly.3 This change too is not expected to create a
significant economic impact.
Even though no significant economic impact is expected from any
of these proposed changes, the proposed changes are beneficial in that they
will inform interested parties who read this regulation but not the statutes.
Businesses and Entities Affected. There are approximately 1,200
providers licensed by the Board. One of the proposed changes affects only the
Substance Abuse Services Council.
Localities Particularly Affected. The proposed changes do not
affect particular localities disproportionately.
Projected Impact on Employment. No impact on employment is
expected.
Effects on the Use and Value of Private Property. No impact on
the use and value of private property is expected.
Real Estate Development Costs. No impact on real estate
development costs is expected.
Small Businesses:
Definition. Pursuant to § 2.2-4007.04 of the Code of Virginia,
small business is defined as "a business entity, including its affiliates,
that (i) is independently owned and operated and (ii) employs fewer than 500
full-time employees or has gross annual sales of less than $6 million."
Costs and Other Effects. Most if not all of the providers are
small providers. The proposed changes do not impose costs on them but will
benefit them as explained above.
Alternative Method that Minimizes Adverse Impact. No adverse
impact on small businesses is expected.
Adverse Impacts:
Businesses. The proposed amendments do not have an adverse
impact on non-small businesses.
Localities. The proposed amendments will not adversely affect
localities.
Other Entities. The proposed amendments will not adversely
affect other entities.
__________________________________
1 http://lis.virginia.gov/cgi-bin/legp604.exe?171+ful+CHAP0599
2 http://lis.virginia.gov/cgi-bin/legp604.exe?121+ful+CHAP0795
3 http://lis.virginia.gov/cgi-bin/legp604.exe?051+ful+CHAP0716
Agency's Response to Economic
Impact Analysis: The Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental
Services concurs with the Department of Planning and Budget's economic impact
analysis.
Summary:
Pursuant to Chapter 599 of the 2017 Acts of Assembly,
amendments provide that the Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental
Services (i) notify affected providers when new or final regulations are posted
on the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall website and when public comment periods
pursuant to the existing regulatory processes are established and each time
there is an opportunity to comment on such changes, including specific comments
regarding an appropriate timeframe for the implementation of such changes and
(ii) post guidance document changes under development to the Town Hall website
for a 30-day public comment period. Pursuant to § 2.2-4007.02 of the Code of
Virginia, an amendment allows interested parties submitting data, views, or
arguments during the formulation of a regulation the right to be accompanied by
or represented by counsel or another representative. Pursuant to § 37.2-307 of
the Code of Virginia, an amendment provides that at least 30 days prior to the
board's action to adopt, amend, or repeal any regulation regarding substance
abuse services, the board present the proposed regulation to the Substance
Abuse Services Council for the council's review and comment.
12VAC35-12-45. Notification to licensed providers.
To providers licensed by the department, the department
shall send the following information:
1. At or prior to the time a new regulation relating to
licensed providers is posted to the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall, the
department shall provide direct notice to licensed providers affected by the
new regulatory change that such change has been initiated.
2. At the time that the final stage of a regulation is
posted to the Virginia Regulatory Town Hall, the department shall provide
direct notice to licensed providers affected by the regulatory change that such
final stage has been posted.
Part III
Public Participation Procedures
12VAC35-12-50. Public comment.
A. In considering any nonemergency, nonexempt regulatory
action, the agency shall afford interested persons an opportunity to (i)
submit data, views, and arguments, either orally or in writing, to the agency;
and (ii) be accompanied by and represented by counsel or other representative.
Such opportunity to comment shall include an online public comment forum on the
Town Hall.
1. To any requesting person, the agency shall provide copies
of the statement of basis, purpose, substance, and issues; the economic impact
analysis of the proposed or fast-track regulatory action; and the agency's
response to public comments received.
2. The agency may begin crafting a regulatory action prior to
or during any opportunities it provides to the public to submit comments.
B. The agency shall accept public comments in writing after
the publication of a regulatory action in the Virginia Register as follows:
1. For a minimum of 30 calendar days following the publication
of the notice of intended regulatory action (NOIRA).
2. For a minimum of 60 calendar days following the publication
of a proposed regulation.
3. For a minimum of 30 calendar days following the publication
of a reproposed regulation.
4. For a minimum of 30 calendar days following the publication
of a final adopted regulation.
5. For a minimum of 30 calendar days following the publication
of a fast-track regulation.
6. For a minimum of 21 calendar days following the publication
of a notice of periodic review.
7. Not later than 21 calendar days following the publication
of a petition for rulemaking.
C. The agency may determine if any of the comment periods
listed in subsection B of this section shall be extended.
D. At the time any change to guidance documents related to
licensure requirements is being developed, the agency shall provide direct
notice to licensed providers affected by the change that such change has been
initiated. The agency shall post the proposed change to the Virginia Regulatory
Town Hall, to include a public comment forum for a period of 30 days. Such
notice shall include a description of the change and provide contact
information for the agency's designated contact person. If it is anticipated
that the change shall have an impact on staffing or payment matters for the
affected stakeholders, the direct notice to stakeholders shall note this fact
and request specific comments regarding an appropriate timeframe for the
implementation of such changes.
E. Prior to the adoption, amendment, or repeal of any
regulation regarding substance abuse services, the board shall, in addition to
the procedures set forth in the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et
seq. of the Code of Virginia), present the proposed regulation to the Substance
Abuse Services Council, established pursuant to § 2.2-2696 of the Code of
Virginia, at least 30 days prior to the board's action for the council's review
and comment.
F. If the Governor finds that one or more changes with
substantial impact have been made to a proposed regulation, he may require the
agency to provide an additional 30 calendar days to solicit additional public
comment on the changes in accordance with § 2.2-4013 C of the Code of Virginia.
E. G. The agency shall send a draft of the
agency's summary description of public comment to all public commenters on the
proposed regulation at least five days before final adoption of the regulation
pursuant to § 2.2-4012 E of the Code of Virginia.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5177; Filed December 29, 2017, 5:05 p.m.
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF ACCOUNTANCY
Fast-Track Regulation
Title of Regulation: 18VAC5-22. Board of Accountancy
Regulations (amending 18VAC5-22-90).
Statutory Authority: §§ 54.1-4402 and 54.1-4403 of the
Code of Virginia.
Public Hearing Information: No public hearings are
scheduled.
Public Comment Deadline: February 21, 2018.
Effective Date: March 8, 2018.
Agency Contact: Rebekah E. Allen, Enforcement Director,
Board of Accountancy, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 402, Richmond, VA 23223,
telephone (804) 367-2006, FAX (804) 527-4207, or email
rebekah.allen@boa.virginia.gov.
Basis: Section 54.1-4403 of the Code of Virginia grants
authority to the Board of Accountancy to promulgate regulations, "in
accordance with the Administrative Process Act (§ 2.2-4000 et seq. of the Code
of Virginia) necessary to assure continued competency, to prevent deceptive or
misleading practices by licensees, and to effectively administer the regulatory
system" and specifically references the board's power to establish
continuing professional education (CPE) requirements as a condition for
licensure. The board is the promulgating entity for regulations governing
public accountancy
Purpose: The amendments simplify the regulatory burden
on and reduce confusion for certified public accountants (CPAs) by having a
single subsection addressing general CPE requirements and codify additional
ways by which CPAs can earn CPE hours, which has been permitted by practice for
several years in the board's guidance documents. Roughly 20% of CPAs have been
found to have a CPE deficiency, due in part to confusion about which subsection
of regulation applies to them, when in fact, since 2011, the CPE requirements
for CPAs, regardless of the type of work they perform, have been the same,
unless granted an exemption from the CPE requirements by the board. The board
anticipates that by eliminating duplicative material, CPAs will have a better
understanding of their CPE obligations, which in turn will allow them to
achieve the minimum continuing education necessary to competently provide
services to the public and to their employers. The board also believes that
increased CPE compliance will occur if it codifies an additional way for CPAs
to earn CPE hours.
Rationale for Using Fast-Track Rulemaking Process: This
rulemaking is expected to be noncontroversial because the amendments do not
increase the CPE requirements of CPAs, add an additional way by which CPAs can
earn CPE hours that is already permitted in the board's guidance documents, and
do not change the criteria by which a person is judged to be eligible for an
exemption. The amendments are also supported by the Virginia Society of
Certified Public Accountants.
Substance: The amendments combine the existing first two
subsections of 18VAC5-22-90 into one subsection. Since 2011, the CPE
requirements have been identical for CPAs regardless of where they work.
Information that is contained in Board Policy #9 on how an exemption from CPE
requirements is obtained and retained, which has been the board's practice for
several years, is incorporated into regulation text. The amendments also
include examination and certification as an additional way of earning CPE hours
and codify information that is contained in Board Policy #4 on this subject,
which also has been the board's practice for several years.
Issues: There are no primary disadvantages to the
public. The primary advantages to the public are greater likelihood that CPAs
are earning the CPE hours related to the services they are providing, which
allows them to stay up-to-date with current technical standards, improves work
product produced, and broadens the range of services they can competently
provide. There are no primary disadvantages to the board or the Commonwealth.
The primary advantages to the board and the Commonwealth are less staff time
devoted to explaining the CPE requirements to CPAs by telephone and by email.
There is no restraint on competition as a result of promulgating this
regulation.
Department of Planning and Budget's Economic Impact
Analysis:
Summary of the Proposed Amendments to Regulation. The Virginia
Board of Accountancy (Board) proposes to amend its regulation to: 1) remove
obsolete language, 2) specify that individuals who qualify for an exemption
from having to complete continuing education must show evidence that they
qualify to the Board and 3) allow licensees to receive up to 60 hours of
continuing education credit during any three calendar-year period for passing
examinations and obtaining certifications approved by the Board.
Result of Analysis. Benefits likely outweigh costs for all
proposed changes.
Estimated Economic Impact. Current regulation includes
provisions that expired in 2011 for individuals who have certified public
accountants (CPA) licenses, who provided CPA services for their employers but
did not provide services to the public, to complete fewer hours of continuing
education. The Board now proposes to remove these provisions. Because CPA
licensees are no longer allowed to take advantage of these provisions, no
individuals are likely to be adversely affected by these proposed changes. To
the extent that obsolete regulatory language can cause confusion for
individuals reading that language, removing that language will likely provide
the benefit of additional clarity.
Current regulation exempts individuals who are licensed by the
Board but do not provide CPA services to the public or an employer from having
to complete required continuing education hours. The Board proposes to clarify
that individuals who claim this exemption must demonstrate to the Board that no
CPA services were provided during the time for which the exemption is claimed.
Because the Board would have already needed information from licensees to know
whether they would need to complete continuing education, no entity is likely
to incur additional costs on account of this proposed change. To the extent
that this clarification eliminates confusion about the rules for claiming the
exemption from continuing education, licensees will benefit.
Finally the Board proposes to allow licensees to receive up to
60 hours1 of continuing education credit during any
three-calendar-year period for passing examinations and obtaining
certifications approved by the Board. No entity will be required to use this
avenue to complete their continuing education hours, so no entity is likely to
use this avenue if it increases their total continuing education costs. This
proposed change will provide licensees with the benefit of additional
flexibility in meeting the requirements to maintain their CPA licenses.
Businesses and Entities Affected. These proposed regulatory
amendments will affect all individuals and firms licensed by the Board of
Accountancy. Board staff reports that, as of September 30, 2017, there were
27,842 individuals who had CPA licenses issued by the Board and 1,179 CPA firm
licenses issued by the Board.
Localities Particularly Affected. No locality is likely to be
particularly affected by these proposed regulatory changes.
Projected Impact on Employment. These proposed regulatory
changes are unlikely to affect employment in the Commonwealth.
Effects on the Use and Value of Private Property. These
proposed regulatory changes are unlikely to affect the use or value of private
property in the Commonwealth.
Real Estate Development Costs. These proposed regulatory
changes are unlikely to affect real estate development costs in the
Commonwealth.
Small Businesses:
Definition. Pursuant to § 2.2-4007.04 of the Code of Virginia,
small business is defined as "a business entity, including its affiliates,
that (i) is independently owned and operated and (ii) employs fewer than 500
full-time employees or has gross annual sales of less than $6 million."
Costs and Other Effects. No small businesses are likely to
incur any additional costs on account of these proposed regulatory changes.
Individual and firm licensees will likely benefit from the additional avenue
for obtaining continuing education credit proposed by the Board.
Alternative Method that Minimizes Adverse Impact. No small businesses
are likely to incur any additional costs on account of these proposed
regulatory changes.
Adverse Impacts:
Businesses. No businesses are likely to incur any additional
costs on account of these proposed regulatory changes.
Localities. Localities in the Commonwealth are unlikely to see
any adverse impacts on account of these proposed regulatory changes.
Other Entities. No other entities are likely to be adversely
affected by these proposed changes.
__________________________
Agency's Response to Economic Impact Analysis: The
Virginia Board of Accountancy concurs with the economic impact analysis of the
Department of Planning and Budget.
Summary:
The amendments (i) combine existing continuing professional
education (CPE) requirement provisions into a single subsection addressing
general CPE requirements; (ii) clarify how a person requests an exemption from
CPE requirements, as detailed under current board policy and practice; and
(iii) provide an additional way for certified public accountants to earn CPE
hours, as already permitted under board policy.
18VAC5-22-90. Continuing professional education.
A. If during the current calendar year a person who
holds a Virginia license provided services to the public and has not
been granted an exemption by the board pursuant to subsection C of this section,
he shall have obtained at least 120 hours of continuing professional education
during the three-calendar-year period ending with the current calendar year.
For each of the calendar years in that period, he shall have obtained at least
20 hours of continuing professional education, including an ethics course of at
least two hours.
1. If the person also holds the license of another state and
Virginia is not the his principal place of business in which
he provides services to the public, the ethics course taken to comply with
this subsection either shall conform with the requirements prescribed by the
board or shall be an ethics course acceptable to the board of accountancy of
another state in which the person holds a license.
2. Otherwise, the ethics course shall conform with to
the requirements prescribed by the board.
B. If during the current calendar year a person who holds
a Virginia license provided services to or on behalf of an employer and did not
provide services to the public, he shall have obtained a minimum number of
hours of continuing professional education determined as follows:
1. If the current calendar year is 2009 or 2010, the person
shall have obtained at least 90 hours of continuing professional education
during the three-calendar-year period ending with the current calendar year.
For each of the calendar years in that period, he shall have obtained at least
15 hours of continuing professional education, including an ethics course of at
least two hours.
2. If the current calendar year is 2011 or later, the
person shall have obtained at least 120 hours of continuing professional
education during the three-calendar-year period ending with the current
calendar year. For each of the calendar years in that period, he shall have
obtained at least 20 hours of continuing professional education, including an
ethics course of at least two hours.
The ethics course taken to comply with this subsection
either shall conform with the requirements prescribed by the board or shall be
an ethics course acceptable to the board of accountancy of another state in
which the person holds a license.
C. If during the current calendar year a person who
holds a Virginia license provided services to the public or to or on behalf of
an employer, has not been granted an exemption by the board pursuant to
subsection C of this section, and did not hold a Virginia license or the
license of another state during one or both of the two preceding calendar
years, he shall determine whether he has complied with the requirements of
subsection A or B of this section as follows:
1. If the person became licensed during the current calendar
year, he shall be considered to have met the requirements of the
subsection A of this section for the three-calendar-year period ending
with the current calendar year.
2. If the person became licensed during the preceding calendar
year, he shall be considered to have met the requirements of the subsection for
the three-calendar-year period ending with the current calendar year if during
the current calendar year he obtained at least the minimum number of hours of
continuing professional education required by the subsection A of
this section for the current calendar year, including an ethics course of
at least two hours.
3. If the person became licensed during the calendar year
prior to the preceding calendar year, he shall be considered to have met the
requirements of the subsection for the three-calendar-year period ending with
the current calendar year if during the current calendar year and the preceding
calendar year he obtained at least the minimum number of hours of continuing
professional education required by the subsection A of this section
for each of the years, including for each year an ethics course of at least two
hours.
D. C. If during the current calendar year a
person who holds a Virginia license did not provide services to the public or
to or on behalf of an employer and has demonstrated to the board that he
does not provide those services, he is not required to have obtained
continuing professional education during the three-calendar-year period ending
with the current calendar year. Any person who holds a Virginia license to
whom an exemption has been granted shall annually affirm and certify to the
board his continued eligibility for the exemption in that he does not provide
services to the public or to or on behalf of an employer. However, in order
to begin providing those services:
1. He is required to have obtained at least 120 hours of
continuing professional education prior to providing the services, including an
ethics course of at least two hours.
2. The ethics course shall conform with to the
requirements prescribed by the board for the calendar year in which the person
begins providing the services.
Continuing professional education obtained during the three
calendar years prior to the current calendar year and from the start of the
current calendar year to when he begins providing the services shall be
considered in determining whether the person has complied with the requirements
of this subsection.
E. D. If a person who has not held the license
of any state applies for a Virginia license after the end of the calendar year
in which he passes the CPA examination, he shall obtain continuing professional
education prior to applying for the license, including an ethics course of at
least two hours.
1. The required minimum number of hours of continuing
professional education shall be 40, 80, or 120 depending on whether he applies
for the Virginia license by the end of the first calendar year after the
calendar year in which he passes the CPA examination, by the end of the second
calendar year, or later.
2. The ethics course shall conform with to the
requirements prescribed by the board for the calendar year in which the person
applies for the license.
Continuing professional education obtained subsequent to
passing the CPA examination but during the three calendar years prior to the
calendar year in which the person applies for the license and from the start of
that calendar year to when he applies for the license shall be considered in
determining whether he has complied with this requirement.
F. E. Continuing professional education
acceptable to the board may be obtained through a variety of forums, provided
there is a means of demonstrating that the education was obtained. The
following forums are acceptable The acceptable forums are:
1. Attendance at Attending seminars and
educational conferences, provided that the instructors have appropriate
knowledge of the subject matter and use appropriate teaching materials and that
attendance is monitored in a manner that can be verified by the board;
2. Taking courses at an accredited institution for credit;
3. Self-study Completing self-study courses,
provided there is a method for determining that the person met the learning
objectives;
4. Making a presentation at a professional seminar,
educational conference, or in a classroom setting, provided the person has
appropriate knowledge of the subject matter and uses appropriate teaching
materials; and
5. Writing material that is relevant to providing services to
or on behalf of an employer or to the public that is formally reviewed by an
independent party and that is published in a book, magazine, or similar
publication that is used by persons who provide services to the public or to
or on behalf of an employer; and
6. Passing examinations and obtaining certifications that
have been approved by the board.
Whether other forums are acceptable shall be determined by
the board on a case-by-case basis.
G. F. In determining whether a person has
obtained the required number of hours of continuing professional education:
1. Repeat presentations shall not be considered.
2. No more than 30 hours from preparing for and making
presentations shall be considered during each three-calendar-year period.
3. One semester-hour of credit for courses at an accredited
institution constitutes 15 hours of continuing professional education, and one
quarter-hour of credit constitutes 10 hours of continuing professional
education.
4. Credit for examination and certification shall be
awarded for the calendar year in which the examination was passed and
certification was received. If passage of the examination and certification
occur in different calendar years, credit shall be awarded for the calendar
year in which the examination was passed. The board shall determine how many
hours are credited per certification.
5. No more than 60 hours from examination and certification
shall be considered during each three-calendar-year period.
H. G. Depending on the facts and circumstances,
the board may waive all or part of the continuing professional education
requirement for one or more calendar years or grant additional time for
complying with the continuing professional education requirement, provided that
the waiver or deferral is in the public interest.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5261; Filed January 2, 2018, 6:40 p.m.
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF DENTISTRY
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Board of Dentistry is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 6 of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations of the regulatory boards served by the
Department of Health Professions pursuant to Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia
that are limited to reducing fees charged to regulants and applicants. The
Board of Dentistry will receive, consider, and respond to petitions by any
interested person at any time with respect to reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 18VAC60-21. Regulations
Governing the Practice of Dentistry (amending 18VAC60-21-40).
18VAC60-25. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental Hygiene (amending 18VAC60-25-30).
18VAC60-30. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental
Assistants (amending 18VAC60-30-30).
Statutory Authority: § 54.1-2400 of the Code of
Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Sandra Reen, Executive Director, Board
of Dentistry, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone
(804) 367-4437, FAX (804) 527-4428, or email sandra.reen@dhp.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments reduce renewal fees for the renewal year of
2018. The renewal fee for a dentist will be reduced from $285 to $142 and the
renewal fee for a dental hygienist will be reduced from $75 to $37. Other
license, registration, and permit renewal fees are also reduced by
approximately 50%.
18VAC60-21-40. Required fees.
A. Application/registration fees.
1. Dental license by examination
|
$400
|
2. Dental license by credentials
|
$500
|
3. Dental restricted teaching license
|
$285
|
|
|
4. Dental faculty license
|
$400
|
5. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$60
|
6. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
7. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
8. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$175
|
9. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$250
|
11. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$100
|
12. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$285
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$145
|
3. Dental temporary resident's
license
|
$35
|
4. Restricted volunteer license
|
$15
|
5. Oral maxillofacial surgeon
registration
|
$175
|
6. Cosmetic procedures
certification
|
$100
|
7. Conscious/moderate sedation
permit
|
$100
|
8. Deep sedation/general
anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
C. Late fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$100
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$50
|
3. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$15
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$55
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$35
|
6. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$35
|
7. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$35
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Dental license - expired
|
$500
|
2. Dental license - suspended
|
$750
|
3. Dental license - revoked
|
$1000
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$350
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
E. Document fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. License certification
|
$35
|
F. Other fees.
1. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
2. Practice inspection fee
|
$350
|
G. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
H. For the renewal of licenses, registrations,
certifications, and permits in 2016 2018, the following fees
shall be in effect:
1. Dentist - active
|
$210 $142
|
2. Dentist - inactive
|
$105 $72
|
3. Dental full-time faculty
|
$210 $142
|
4. Temporary resident
|
$25 $17
|
5. Dental restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
6. Oral/maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$130 $87
|
7. Cosmetic procedure certification
|
$75 $50
|
8. Conscious/moderate sedation certification
|
$75 $50
|
9. Deep sedation/general anesthesia
|
$75 $50
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$110 $75
|
18VAC60-25-30. Required fees.
A. Application fees.
1. License by examination
|
$175
|
2. License by credentials
|
$275
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725 of the Code
|
$175
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726 of the Code
|
$175
|
3. 5. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
4. 6. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Active license
|
$75
|
2. Inactive license
|
$40
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725
|
$75
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$75
|
C. Late fees.
1. Active license
|
$25
|
2. Inactive license
|
$15
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to § 54.1-2725
|
$25
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$25
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Expired license
|
$200
|
2. Suspended license
|
$400
|
3. Revoked license
|
$500
|
E. Administrative fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. Certification of licensure
|
$35
|
4. Returned check
|
$35
|
F. No fee shall be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee was submitted.
G. For the renewal of licenses in 2016 2018,
the following fees shall be in effect:
1. Dental hygienist - active
|
$55 $37
|
2. Dental hygienist - inactive
|
$30 $20
|
3. Dental hygienist restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
18VAC60-30-30. Required fees.
A. Initial registration fee.
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$50
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$25
|
C. Late fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$20
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$10
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
|
|
1. Expired registration
|
$125
|
2. Suspended registration
|
$250
|
3. Revoked registration
|
$300
|
E. Administrative fees.
|
|
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate registration
|
$20
|
3. Registration verification
|
$35
|
4. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
F. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
G. For the renewal of a an active dental
assistant II registration in 2016 2018, the fees fee
shall be $35 $25. For the renewal of an inactive dental
assistant II registration in 2018, the fee shall be $13.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5359; Filed December 22, 2017, 10:13 a.m.
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF DENTISTRY
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Board of Dentistry is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 6 of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations of the regulatory boards served by the
Department of Health Professions pursuant to Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia
that are limited to reducing fees charged to regulants and applicants. The
Board of Dentistry will receive, consider, and respond to petitions by any
interested person at any time with respect to reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 18VAC60-21. Regulations
Governing the Practice of Dentistry (amending 18VAC60-21-40).
18VAC60-25. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental Hygiene (amending 18VAC60-25-30).
18VAC60-30. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental
Assistants (amending 18VAC60-30-30).
Statutory Authority: § 54.1-2400 of the Code of
Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Sandra Reen, Executive Director, Board
of Dentistry, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone
(804) 367-4437, FAX (804) 527-4428, or email sandra.reen@dhp.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments reduce renewal fees for the renewal year of
2018. The renewal fee for a dentist will be reduced from $285 to $142 and the
renewal fee for a dental hygienist will be reduced from $75 to $37. Other
license, registration, and permit renewal fees are also reduced by
approximately 50%.
18VAC60-21-40. Required fees.
A. Application/registration fees.
1. Dental license by examination
|
$400
|
2. Dental license by credentials
|
$500
|
3. Dental restricted teaching license
|
$285
|
|
|
4. Dental faculty license
|
$400
|
5. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$60
|
6. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
7. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
8. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$175
|
9. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$250
|
11. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$100
|
12. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$285
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$145
|
3. Dental temporary resident's
license
|
$35
|
4. Restricted volunteer license
|
$15
|
5. Oral maxillofacial surgeon
registration
|
$175
|
6. Cosmetic procedures
certification
|
$100
|
7. Conscious/moderate sedation
permit
|
$100
|
8. Deep sedation/general
anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
C. Late fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$100
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$50
|
3. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$15
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$55
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$35
|
6. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$35
|
7. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$35
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Dental license - expired
|
$500
|
2. Dental license - suspended
|
$750
|
3. Dental license - revoked
|
$1000
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$350
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
E. Document fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. License certification
|
$35
|
F. Other fees.
1. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
2. Practice inspection fee
|
$350
|
G. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
H. For the renewal of licenses, registrations,
certifications, and permits in 2016 2018, the following fees
shall be in effect:
1. Dentist - active
|
$210 $142
|
2. Dentist - inactive
|
$105 $72
|
3. Dental full-time faculty
|
$210 $142
|
4. Temporary resident
|
$25 $17
|
5. Dental restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
6. Oral/maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$130 $87
|
7. Cosmetic procedure certification
|
$75 $50
|
8. Conscious/moderate sedation certification
|
$75 $50
|
9. Deep sedation/general anesthesia
|
$75 $50
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$110 $75
|
18VAC60-25-30. Required fees.
A. Application fees.
1. License by examination
|
$175
|
2. License by credentials
|
$275
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725 of the Code
|
$175
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726 of the Code
|
$175
|
3. 5. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
4. 6. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Active license
|
$75
|
2. Inactive license
|
$40
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725
|
$75
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$75
|
C. Late fees.
1. Active license
|
$25
|
2. Inactive license
|
$15
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to § 54.1-2725
|
$25
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$25
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Expired license
|
$200
|
2. Suspended license
|
$400
|
3. Revoked license
|
$500
|
E. Administrative fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. Certification of licensure
|
$35
|
4. Returned check
|
$35
|
F. No fee shall be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee was submitted.
G. For the renewal of licenses in 2016 2018,
the following fees shall be in effect:
1. Dental hygienist - active
|
$55 $37
|
2. Dental hygienist - inactive
|
$30 $20
|
3. Dental hygienist restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
18VAC60-30-30. Required fees.
A. Initial registration fee.
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$50
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$25
|
C. Late fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$20
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$10
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
|
|
1. Expired registration
|
$125
|
2. Suspended registration
|
$250
|
3. Revoked registration
|
$300
|
E. Administrative fees.
|
|
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate registration
|
$20
|
3. Registration verification
|
$35
|
4. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
F. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
G. For the renewal of a an active dental
assistant II registration in 2016 2018, the fees fee
shall be $35 $25. For the renewal of an inactive dental
assistant II registration in 2018, the fee shall be $13.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5359; Filed December 22, 2017, 10:13 a.m.
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF DENTISTRY
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Board of Dentistry is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the
Administrative Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 6 of the Code
of Virginia, which excludes regulations of the regulatory boards served by the
Department of Health Professions pursuant to Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia
that are limited to reducing fees charged to regulants and applicants. The
Board of Dentistry will receive, consider, and respond to petitions by any
interested person at any time with respect to reconsideration or revision.
Titles of Regulations: 18VAC60-21. Regulations
Governing the Practice of Dentistry (amending 18VAC60-21-40).
18VAC60-25. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental Hygiene (amending 18VAC60-25-30).
18VAC60-30. Regulations Governing the Practice of Dental
Assistants (amending 18VAC60-30-30).
Statutory Authority: § 54.1-2400 of the Code of
Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Sandra Reen, Executive Director, Board
of Dentistry, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone
(804) 367-4437, FAX (804) 527-4428, or email sandra.reen@dhp.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments reduce renewal fees for the renewal year of
2018. The renewal fee for a dentist will be reduced from $285 to $142 and the
renewal fee for a dental hygienist will be reduced from $75 to $37. Other
license, registration, and permit renewal fees are also reduced by
approximately 50%.
18VAC60-21-40. Required fees.
A. Application/registration fees.
1. Dental license by examination
|
$400
|
2. Dental license by credentials
|
$500
|
3. Dental restricted teaching license
|
$285
|
|
|
4. Dental faculty license
|
$400
|
5. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$60
|
6. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
7. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
8. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$175
|
9. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$250
|
11. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$100
|
12. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$285
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$145
|
3. Dental temporary resident's
license
|
$35
|
4. Restricted volunteer license
|
$15
|
5. Oral maxillofacial surgeon
registration
|
$175
|
6. Cosmetic procedures
certification
|
$100
|
7. Conscious/moderate sedation
permit
|
$100
|
8. Deep sedation/general
anesthesia permit
|
$100
|
C. Late fees.
1. Dental license - active
|
$100
|
2. Dental license - inactive
|
$50
|
3. Dental temporary resident's license
|
$15
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$55
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$35
|
6. Conscious/moderate sedation permit
|
$35
|
7. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit
|
$35
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Dental license - expired
|
$500
|
2. Dental license - suspended
|
$750
|
3. Dental license - revoked
|
$1000
|
4. Oral maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$350
|
5. Cosmetic procedures certification
|
$225
|
E. Document fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. License certification
|
$35
|
F. Other fees.
1. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
2. Practice inspection fee
|
$350
|
G. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
H. For the renewal of licenses, registrations,
certifications, and permits in 2016 2018, the following fees
shall be in effect:
1. Dentist - active
|
$210 $142
|
2. Dentist - inactive
|
$105 $72
|
3. Dental full-time faculty
|
$210 $142
|
4. Temporary resident
|
$25 $17
|
5. Dental restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
6. Oral/maxillofacial surgeon registration
|
$130 $87
|
7. Cosmetic procedure certification
|
$75 $50
|
8. Conscious/moderate sedation certification
|
$75 $50
|
9. Deep sedation/general anesthesia
|
$75 $50
|
10. Mobile clinic/portable operation
|
$110 $75
|
18VAC60-25-30. Required fees.
A. Application fees.
1. License by examination
|
$175
|
2. License by credentials
|
$275
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725 of the Code
|
$175
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726 of the Code
|
$175
|
3. 5. Restricted volunteer license
|
$25
|
4. 6. Volunteer exemption registration
|
$10
|
B. Renewal fees.
1. Active license
|
$75
|
2. Inactive license
|
$40
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to
§ 54.1-2725
|
$75
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$75
|
C. Late fees.
1. Active license
|
$25
|
2. Inactive license
|
$15
|
3. License to teach dental hygiene pursuant to § 54.1-2725
|
$25
|
4. Temporary permit pursuant to § 54.1-2726
|
$25
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
1. Expired license
|
$200
|
2. Suspended license
|
$400
|
3. Revoked license
|
$500
|
E. Administrative fees.
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate license
|
$20
|
3. Certification of licensure
|
$35
|
4. Returned check
|
$35
|
F. No fee shall be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee was submitted.
G. For the renewal of licenses in 2016 2018,
the following fees shall be in effect:
1. Dental hygienist - active
|
$55 $37
|
2. Dental hygienist - inactive
|
$30 $20
|
3. Dental hygienist restricted volunteer
|
$10 $7
|
18VAC60-30-30. Required fees.
A. Initial registration fee.
|
$100
|
B. Renewal fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$50
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$25
|
C. Late fees.
|
|
1. Dental assistant II registration - active
|
$20
|
2. Dental assistant II registration - inactive
|
$10
|
D. Reinstatement fees.
|
|
1. Expired registration
|
$125
|
2. Suspended registration
|
$250
|
3. Revoked registration
|
$300
|
E. Administrative fees.
|
|
1. Duplicate wall certificate
|
$60
|
2. Duplicate registration
|
$20
|
3. Registration verification
|
$35
|
4. Returned check fee
|
$35
|
F. No fee will be refunded or applied for any purpose other
than the purpose for which the fee is submitted.
G. For the renewal of a an active dental
assistant II registration in 2016 2018, the fees fee
shall be $35 $25. For the renewal of an inactive dental
assistant II registration in 2018, the fee shall be $13.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5359; Filed December 22, 2017, 10:13 a.m.
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF PHARMACY
Final Regulation
REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The
Board of Pharmacy is claiming an exemption from Article 2 of the Administrative
Process Act in accordance with § 2.2-4006 A 13 of the Code of Virginia,
which exempts amendments to regulations of the board to schedule a substance in
Schedule I or II pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia. The board will receive, consider, and respond to petitions by any
interested person at any time with respect to reconsideration or revision.
Title of Regulation: 18VAC110-20. Regulations
Governing the Practice of Pharmacy (amending 18VAC110-20-322).
Statutory Authority: §§ 54.1-2400 and 54.1-3443 of the
Code of Virginia.
Effective Date: February 21, 2018.
Agency Contact: Caroline Juran, RPh, Executive Director,
Board of Pharmacy, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233-1463,
telephone (804) 367-4456, FAX (804) 527-4472, or email
caroline.juran@dhp.virginia.gov.
Summary:
The amendments add 11 compounds into Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act as recommended by the Virginia Department of Forensic Science
pursuant to § 54.1-3443 of the Code of Virginia. The compounds added by this
regulatory action will remain in effect for 18 months or until the compounds
are placed in Schedule I by legislative action of the General Assembly.
18VAC110-20-322. Placement of chemicals in Schedule I.
A. Pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia, the Board of Pharmacy places the following in Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act:
1. 1-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2-(dimethylamino)-1-pentanone
(other names: N,N-Dimethylpentylone, Dipentylone);
2. 4-chloro-alpha-Pyrrolidinovalerophenone (other name:
4-chloro-alpha-PVP);
3. 4-methyl-alpha-Pyrrolidinohexiophenone (other name: MPHP);
4. 4-fluoro-alpha-Pyrrolidinoheptiophenone (other name:
4-fluoro-PV8);
5. 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)octan-1-one (other
name: 4-methoxy-PV9);
6. 4-allyloxy-3,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine (other name:
Allylescaline);
7. 4-methyl-alpha-ethylaminopentiophenone; and
8. N-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-propanamide
(other name: para-fluoroisobutyryl fentanyl).
The placement of drugs listed in this subsection shall remain
in effect until August 22, 2018, unless enacted into law in the Drug Control
Act.
B. Pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia, the Board of Pharmacy places the following in Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act:
1. 6-ethyl-6-nor-lysergic acid diethylamide (other name:
ETH-LAD), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of
isomers, whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is
possible within the specific chemical designation;
2. 6-allyl-6-nor-lysergic acid diethylamide (other name:
AL-LAD), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of
isomers, whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is
possible within the specific chemical designation;
3. Synthetic opioids:
a.
N-[1-[2-hydroxy-2-(2-thienyl)ethyl]-4-piperidinyl]-N-phenylpropanamide (other
name: beta-hydroxythiofentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts
of isomers, esters, and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the
existence of these isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is possible within the
specific chemical designation;
b. N-(2-fluorophenyl)-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-propanamide
(other names: 2-fluorofentanyl, ortho-fluorofentanyl), its isomers, esters,
ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters, and ethers, unless specifically
excepted, whenever the existence of these isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is
possible within the specific chemical designation; and
c. N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-2-propenamide
(other name: Acryl fentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts of
isomers, esters, and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the
existence of these isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is possible within the
specific chemical designation;
4. Cannabimimetic agents:
a. 1-pentyl-N-(phenylmethyl)-1H-indole-3-carboxamide (other
name: SDB-006), its salts, isomers, and salts of isomers whenever the existence
of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within the specific
chemical designation; and
b. Quinolin-8-yl 1-(4-fluorobenzyl)-1H-indole-3-carboxylate
(other name: FUB-PB-22), its salts, isomers, and salts of isomers whenever the
existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within the
specific chemical designation; and
5. Benzodiazepine: flubromazepam, its salts, isomers, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
The placement of drugs listed in this subsection shall remain
in effect until December 13, 2018, unless enacted into law in the Drug Control
Act.
C. Pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia, the Board of Pharmacy places the following in Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act:
1. 4-Bromo-2,5-dimethoxy-N-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-benzeneethanamine
(25B-NBOH), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts and salts of
isomers, whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is
possible within the specific chemical designation.
2. Methyl
N-[1-(cyclohexylmethyl)-1H-indole-3-carbonyl]valinate (MMB-CHMICA), its salts,
isomers, and salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers,
and salts of isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
3. N-(1-phenethylpiperidin-4-yl)-N-phenyltetrahydrofuran-2-carboxamide (Tetrahydrofuran
fentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters,
and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the existence of these
isomers, esters, ethers and salts is possible within the specific chemical
designation.
The placement of drugs listed in this subsection shall remain
in effect until February 18, 2019, unless enacted into law in the Drug Control
Act.
D. Pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia, the Board of Pharmacy places the following in Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act:
1. 5-methoxy-N,N-dimethyltryptamine (5-MeO-DMT), its optical,
position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers whenever the
existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within the
specific chemical designation.
2. 5-methoxy-N-ethyl-N-isopropyltryptamine (5-MeO-EIPT), its
optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers whenever
the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within
the specific chemical designation.
3. 4-hydroxy-N,N-diisopropyltryptamine (4-OH-DIPT), its
optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers whenever
the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within
the specific chemical designation.
4. (N-methyl aminopropyl)-2,3-dihydrobenzofuran (MAPDB), its
optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers whenever
the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within
the specific chemical designation.
5. 3,4-tetramethylene-alpha-pyrrolidinovalerophenone (TH-PVP),
its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers
whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible
within the specific chemical designation.
6. 4-chloro-alpha-methylamino-valerophenone
(4-chloropentedrone), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
7. Synthetic opioids:
a.
2-methoxy-N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-acetamide (Methoxyacetyl
fentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters,
and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the existence of these
isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is possible within the specific chemical
designation.
b.
N-(1-phenethylpiperidin-4-yl)-N-phenylcyclopropanecarboxamide (Cyclopropyl
fentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters,
and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the existence of these
isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is possible within the specific chemical
designation.
8. Cannabimimetic agent:
N-(1-amino-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-(5-fluoropentyl)indazole-3-carboxamide
(5-fluoro-ADB-PINACA), its salts, isomers, and salts of isomers whenever the
existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible within the
specific chemical designation.
The placement of drugs listed in this subsection shall remain
in effect until June 12, 2019, unless enacted into law in the Drug Control Act.
E. Pursuant to subsection D of § 54.1-3443 of the Code of
Virginia, the Board of Pharmacy places the following in Schedule I of the Drug
Control Act:
1. 2-(methylamino)-2-phenyl-cyclohexanone (other name:
Deschloroketamine), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
2. 2-methyl-1-(4-(methylthio)phenyl)-2-morpholinopropiophenone
(other name: MMMP), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
3. Alpha-ethylaminohexanophenone (other name:
N-ethylhexedrone), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
4. N-ethyl-1-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclohexylamine (other name:
3-methoxy-PCE), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts
of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers
is possible within the specific chemical designation.
5. 4-fluoro-alpha-pyrrolidinohexiophenone (other name:
4-fluoro-alpha-PHP), its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and
salts of isomers whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of
isomers is possible within the specific chemical designation.
6. N-ethyl-1,2-diphenylethylamine (other name: Ephenidine),
its optical, position, and geometric isomers, salts, and salts of isomers
whenever the existence of such salts, isomers, and salts of isomers is possible
within the specific chemical designation.
7. Synthetic opioids:
a.
N-phenyl-N-[1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl]-1,3-benzodioxole-5-carboxamide
(other name: Benzodioxole fentanyl), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and
salts of isomers, esters, and ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever
the existence of these isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is possible within
the specific chemical designation.
b.
3,4-dichloro-N-[2-(diethylamino)cyclohexyl]-N-methylbenzamide (other name:
U-49900), its isomers, esters, ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters, and
ethers, unless specifically excepted, whenever the existence of these isomers,
esters, ethers, and salts is possible within the specific chemical designation.
c. 2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-[2-(dimethylamino)
cyclohexyl]-N-methylacetamide (other name: U-48800), its isomers, esters,
ethers, salts, and salts of isomers, esters, and ethers, unless specifically
excepted, whenever the existence of these isomers, esters, ethers, and salts is
possible within the specific chemical designation.
8. Central nervous system stimulants:
a. Methyl 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(2-piperidinyl)acetate
(other name: 4-fluoromethylphenidate), including its salts, isomers, and salts
of isomers.
b. Isopropyl-2-phenyl-2-(2-piperidinyl)acetate (other name:
Isopropylphenidate), including its salts, isomers, and salts of isomers.
The placement of drugs listed in this subsection shall
remain in effect until August 21, 2019, unless enacted into law in the Drug
Control Act.
VA.R. Doc. No. R18-5350; Filed December 22, 2017, 10:19 a.m.